LT

lt

Index of /manuals/AUTOMOBILE/NISSAN/FX/2003 FX45-35

PDF preview unavailable. Download the PDF instead.

lt
LIGHTING SYSTEM
K ELECTRICAL

LT A

SECTION

B

LIGHTING SYSTEM C

D

CONTENTS

E

PRECAUTIONS ......................................................... 5 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 5 General Precautions for Service Operations ........... 6 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................. 6
HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE - .................................. 7 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location..... 7 System Description ................................................. 7 OUTLINE .............................................................. 7 COMBINATIONSWITCHREADINGFUNCTION..... 9 EXTERIORLAMPBATTERYSAVERCONTROL..... 9 AUTO LIGHT OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED) ........ 9 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ........................... 9 XENON HEADLAMP ............................................ 9 CAN Communication System Description ............... 9 CAN Communication Unit ..................................... 10 TYPE 1/TYPE2 ...................................................11 TYPE 3 ............................................................... 14 TYPE 4/TYPE5 .................................................. 17 TYPE 6 ............................................................... 20 Schematic ............................................................. 24 Wiring Diagram -- H/LAMP -- .............................. 25 Terminals and Reference Values for BCM ............ 29 Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R .... 30 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis ............... 30 Preliminary Check ................................................. 31 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ................................................................... 31 CONSULT-II Function (BCM) ................................ 32 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION ...................... 32 WORK SUPPORT .............................................. 33 DATA MONITOR ................................................ 33 ACTIVE TEST .................................................... 34 CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R) ...................... 35 CONSULT-II OPERATION ................................. 35 DATA MONITOR ................................................ 36 ACTIVE TEST .................................................... 37 Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (Both Sides) .................................................................... 37

Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (One

F

Side) ...................................................................... 39

High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate .... 40

Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both

G

Sides) .................................................................... 40

Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One

Side) ...................................................................... 43 Headlamp RH Low Beam and High Beam Do Not

H

Illuminate ............................................................... 44

Headlamp LH Low Beam and High Beam Do Not Illuminate ............................................................... 44 I

Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF ................................ 45

CAUTION: ............................................................. 46

Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis ..................... 46 J

Aiming Adjustment ................................................. 47

PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING ............. 47

LOW BEAM AND HIGH BEAM .......................... 47 LT ADJUSTMENT USING AN ADJUSTMENT

SCREEN (LIGHT/DARK BORDERLINE) ........... 48

Bulb Replacement ................................................. 48 HEADLAMP HIGH/LOW BEAM ......................... 48 L

PARKING LAMP (CLEARANCE LAMP) ............. 49

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP ........................... 49

FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP .......................... 49 M

Removal and Installation ....................................... 49

REMOVAL .......................................................... 49

INSTALLATION .................................................. 50

Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 50

DISASSEMBLY .................................................. 50

ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 50

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM ...................................... 51

Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 51

System Description ................................................ 51

OUTLINE ............................................................ 51

DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION .......................... 52

COMBINATIONSWITCHREADINGFUNCTION... 52

AUTO LIGHT OPERATION ................................ 52

CAN Communication System Description ............. 52

CAN Communication Unit ...................................... 53

TYPE 1/TYPE2 ................................................... 54

Revision; 2004 April

LT-1

2003 FX

TYPE 3 ............................................................... 57 TYPE 4/TYPE5 ................................................... 60 TYPE 6 ............................................................... 63 Schematic .............................................................. 67 Wiring Diagram -- DTRL -- .................................. 68 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............... 72 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis ............... 73 Preliminary Check ................................................. 73 INSPECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ............................................ 73 INSPECTION PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT ................................................................... 74 CONSULT-II Function ............................................ 75 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION ...................... 75 DATA MONITOR ................................................. 76 ACTIVE TEST .................................................... 77 Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly... 78 Aiming Adjustment ................................................. 80 Bulb Replacement ................................................. 80 Removal and Installation ....................................... 80 Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 80 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ............................................ 81 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location... 81 System Description ................................................ 81 OUTLINE ............................................................ 81 COMBINATIONSWITCHREADINGFUNCTION... 82 EXTERIORLAMPBATTERYSAVERCONTROL... 82 DELAY TIMER FUNCTION ................................ 82 CAN Communication System Description ............. 82 CAN Communication Unit ...................................... 83 TYPE 1/TYPE2 ................................................... 84 TYPE 3 ............................................................... 87 TYPE 4/TYPE5 ................................................... 90 TYPE 6 ............................................................... 93 Major Components and Functions ......................... 97 Schematic .............................................................. 98 Wiring Diagram -- AUTO/L -- ............................... 99 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............. 102 Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R ... 103 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis ............. 104 Preliminary Check ............................................... 104 SETTING CHANGE FUNCTIONS .................... 104 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ................................................................. 104 CONSULT-II Function (BCM) ............................... 105 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION .................... 106 WORK SUPPORT ............................................ 106 DATA MONITOR ............................................... 107 ACTIVE TEST .................................................. 108 CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R) ..................... 108 CONSULT-II OPERATION ................................ 108 DATA MONITOR ............................................... 109 ACTIVE TEST .................................................. 110 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom ................. 110 Lighting Switch Inspection ....................................111 Optical sensor System Inspection ........................111 Removal and Installation for Auto Light Sensor ... 113 REMOVAL ........................................................ 113 INSTALLATION ................................................. 113

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL ........................... 114 Schematic ............................................................ 114 Wiring Diagram -- H/AIM -- ................................ 115 Removal and Installation ...................................... 118 REMOVAL ......................................................... 118 INSTALLATION ................................................. 118 Switch Circuit Inspection ...................................... 118
FRONT FOG LAMP ................................................ 119 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location. 119 System Description .............................................. 119 OUTLINE .......................................................... 119 COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION.120 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL.120 CAN Communication System Description ...........120 CAN Communication Unit ....................................121 TYPE 1/TYPE2 .................................................122 TYPE 3 ..............................................................125 TYPE 4/TYPE5 .................................................128 TYPE 6 ..............................................................131 Wiring Diagram -- F/FOG -- ...............................135 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM .............137 Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R ...138 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis .............138 Preliminary Check ................................................138 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..................................................................138 CONSULT-II Function ..........................................139 Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides) .140 Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side) .142 Aiming Adjustment ...............................................143 Bulb Replacement ................................................144 Removal and Installation ......................................144 REMOVAL .........................................................144 INSTALLATION .................................................144
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS.145 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location.145 System Description ..............................................145 OUTLINE ..........................................................145 TURN SIGNAL OPERATION ............................145 HAZARD LAMP OPERATION ..........................146 REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION ...............................................................147 COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION.148 CAN Communication System Description ...........148 CAN Communication Unit ....................................148 TYPE 1/TYPE2 .................................................149 TYPE 3 ..............................................................152 TYPE 4/TYPE5 .................................................155 TYPE 6 ..............................................................158 Schematic ............................................................162 Wiring Diagram -- TURN -- ................................163 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM .............166 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis .............167 Preliminary Check ................................................168 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..................................................................168 CONSULT-II Function ..........................................169 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION ....................169 DATA MONITOR ...............................................170

Revision; 2004 April

LT-2

2003 FX

ACTIVE TEST .................................................. 170 Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate .................. 170 Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate ......... 172 Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operates ........................................ 174 Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate ... 175 Bulb Replacement (Front Turn Signal Lamp) ...... 175 Bulb Replacement (Rear Turn Signal Lamp) ...... 175 Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp. 175 Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp. 175 Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit ............................................... 176
REMOVAL ........................................................ 176 INSTALLATION ................................................ 176 LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............. 177 Removal and Installation ..................................... 177 REMOVAL ........................................................ 177 INSTALLATION ................................................ 177 HAZARD SWITCH ................................................. 178 Removal and Installation ..................................... 178 REMOVAL ........................................................ 178 INSTALLATION ................................................ 178 COMBINATION SWITCH ....................................... 179 Wiring Diagram -- COMBSW -- ......................... 179 Combination Switch Reading Function ............... 180 CONSULT-II Function ......................................... 180 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION .................... 180 DATA MONITOR .............................................. 181 Combination Switch Inspection ........................... 182 Removal and Installation ..................................... 184 STOP LAMP .......................................................... 185 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location. 185 System Description ............................................. 185 Schematic ........................................................... 186 Wiring Diagram -- STOP/L -- ............................. 187 Stop Lamp Does Not Operate ............................. 190 High-Mounted Stop Lamp ................................... 192 BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................................................ 192 Stop Lamp ........................................................... 192 BULB REPLACEMENT .................................... 192 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 192 Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit ................. 192 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 192 STEP LAMP ........................................................... 193 Front Door Step Lamp ......................................... 193 BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................................................ 193 Rear Door Step Lamp ......................................... 193 BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................................................ 193 BACK-UP LAMP ................................................... 194 Wiring Diagram -- BACK/L -- ............................ 194 Bulb Replacement ............................................... 195 Removal and Installation ..................................... 195 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS .. 196 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location. 196 System Description ............................................. 196 OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH ............. 197

COMBINATIONSWITCHREADINGFUNCTION. 198

EXTERIORLAMPBATTERYSAVERCONTROL. 198 A

CAN Communication System Description ........... 198

CAN Communication Unit .................................... 198

TYPE 1/TYPE2 ................................................. 199 B TYPE 3 ............................................................. 202

TYPE 4/TYPE5 ................................................. 205

TYPE 6 ............................................................. 208 Schematic ............................................................ 212 C

Wiring Diagram -- TAIL/L -- ............................... 213

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............ 218

Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R ... 219 D

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis ............. 219

Preliminary Check ............................................... 219

CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-

E

CUIT ................................................................. 219

CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 220

Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate .................................................................. 221 F

Tail Lamp Does Not Operate ............................... 226

Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn

OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes) .......................... 227 G

License Plate Lamp ............................................. 227

BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND

INSTALLATION ................................................ 227 H Front Parking (Clearance) Lamp ......................... 228

BULB REPLACEMENT .................................... 228

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 228 Tail Lamp ............................................................. 228

I

BULB REPLACEMENT .................................... 228

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 228 Front Side Marker Lamp ...................................... 228 J

BULB REPLACEMENT .................................... 228

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 228

Rear Side Marker Lamp ...................................... 228 LT BULB REPLACEMENT .................................... 228

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 228

Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit .................. 228 L REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 228

REAR COMBINATION LAMP ................................ 229

Bulb Replacement ............................................... 229

REAR FENDER SIDE (REAR SIDE MARKER

M

LAMP BULB) .................................................... 229

BACK DOOR SIDE (BACK-UP LAMP) ............ 229

Removal and Installation ..................................... 229

REMOVAL ........................................................ 229

INSTALLATION ................................................ 230

VANITY MIRROR LAMP ........................................ 231

Bulb Replacement ............................................... 231

MAP LAMP ............................................................ 232

Bulb Replacement ............................................... 232

Removal and Installation ..................................... 232

REMOVAL ........................................................ 232

INSTALLATION ................................................ 232

PERSONAL LAMP ................................................ 233

Bulb Replacement ............................................... 233

Removal and Installation ..................................... 233

REMOVAL ........................................................ 233

INSTALLATION ................................................ 233

Revision; 2004 April

LT-3

2003 FX

LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP ...................................... 234 Bulb Replacement ............................................... 234 Removal and Installation ..................................... 234 REMOVAL ........................................................ 234 INSTALLATION ................................................. 234
IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION .................. 235 Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation ...... 235
GLOVE BOX LAMP ............................................... 236 Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation ...... 236
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION .................................... 237 Bulb Replacement and Removal and Installation . 237
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION ................ 238 Bulb Replacement and Removal and Installation . 238
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP ....................................... 239 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location. 239 System Description .............................................. 239 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND .................... 239 SWITCH OPERATION ..................................... 240 ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION .................. 241 INTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL. 242 Schematic ............................................................ 244 Wiring Diagram -- ROOM/L -- ............................ 246 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............. 254 How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis ............. 254 Preliminary Check ............................................... 255 INSPECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......................................... 255 CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 256 CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION .................... 256 WORK SUPPORT ............................................ 257 DATA MONITOR ............................................... 257 ACTIVE TEST .................................................. 258 Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate .. 258 Map Lamp Control Does Not Operate ................. 260

Personal Lamp Control Does Not Operate ..........262 Ignition key Hole illumination Control Does Not Operate ................................................................263 All Step Lamps Do Not Operate ...........................264 All Interior Room Lamps Do Not Operate ............265 Bulb Replacement ................................................265
ROOM LAMP ....................................................265 MAP LAMP .......................................................266 PERSONAL LAMP ............................................266 Removal and Installation ......................................266 ROOM LAMP ....................................................266 MAP LAMP .......................................................266 PERSONAL LAMP ............................................266 ILLUMINATION .......................................................267 System Description ..............................................267 ILLUMINATION OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH ............................................................267 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL.268 CAN Communication System Description ...........268 CAN Communication Unit ....................................269 TYPE 1/TYPE2 .................................................270 TYPE 3 ..............................................................273 TYPE 4/TYPE5 .................................................276 TYPE 6 ..............................................................279 Schematic ............................................................283 Wiring Diagram -- ILL -- .....................................285 Removal and Installation ......................................293 ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH ...............293 GLOVE BOX LAMP ..........................................293 FRONT DOOR INSIDE ILLUMINATION ...........293 BULB SPECIFICATIONS .......................................294 Headlamp .............................................................294 Exterior Lamp .......................................................294 Interior Lamp/Illumination .....................................294

Revision; 2004 April

LT-4

2003 FX

PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS

PFP:00011

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT A

BELT PRE-TENSIONER"

AKS007KP

The Supplemental Restraint System such as "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER", used along B

with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain

types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS

system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.

C

Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-

ual.

WARNING:

D

q To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death

in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-

formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.

E

q Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-

sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air

Bag Module, see the SRS section.

F

q Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this

Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or

harness connectors.

G

H

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-5

2003 FX

PRECAUTIONS

General Precautions for Service Operations

AKS004ZU

q Never work with wet hands.

q Xenon headlamp includes high voltage generating part. Be sure to disconnect battery negative cable (negative terminal) or power fuse before removing, installing, or touching the xenon headlamp (including lamp bulb).

q Turn the lighting switch OFF before disconnecting and connecting the connector.

q When turning the xenon headlamp on and while it is illuminated, never touch the harness, bulb, and socket of the headlamp.

q When checking the headlamp on/off operation, check it on vehicle and with the power connected to the vehicle-side connector.

PKIA0183E

q Do not touch the headlamp bulb glass surface with bare hands or allow oil or grease to get on it. Do not touch the headlamp bulb just after the headlamp is turned off, because it is very hot.

q Install the xenon headlamp bulb socket correctly. If it is installed improperly, high-voltage leak or corona discharge may occur that can melt the bulb, connector, and housing. Do not illuminate the xenon headlamp bulb out of the headlamp housing. Doing so can cause fire and harm your eyes.

q When the bulb has burned out, wrap it in a thick vinyl bag and discard. Do not break the bulb.

q Leaving the bulb removed from the headlamp housing for a long period of time can deteriorate the performance of the lens and reflector (dirt, clouding). Always prepare a new bulb and have it on hand when replacing the bulb.

EL-3422D

q When adjusting the headlamp aiming, turn the aiming adjustment screw only in the tightening direction. (If it is necessary to loosen the screw, first fully loosen the screw, and then turn it in the tightening direction.)

q Do not use organic solvent (paint thinner or gasoline) to clean lamps and to remove old sealant.

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

AKS004ZV

When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: q Refer to GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" in GI section. q Refer to PG-3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution in PG section. When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: q Refer to GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" in GI section. q Refer to GI-27, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" in GI section.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-6

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -
HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:26010
A
AKS007M9
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

PKIA2918E

System Description

AKS007MA

J

Control of the headlamp system operation is dependent upon the position of the combination switch (lighting switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 2ND position, the BCM (body control module) receives input signal requesting the headlamps (and tail lamps) illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/ LT R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) across the CAN communication lines. CPU (central processing unit) of IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) controls the headlamp high and headlamp low relay coils. These relays, when energized, direct power to the respective headlamps, which L then illuminate. If voltage is applied to a high beam solenoid, the bulb shade will move, even a xenon head lamp bulb comes out, and a high beam and a low beam are changed.
M
OUTLINE
Power is supplied at all times
q to headlamp high relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to headlamp low relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q through 10A fuse [No. 71, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q through 15A fuse [No. 78, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block)
q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55
q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]
q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42
q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]

Revision; 2004 April

LT-7

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

q to combination meter terminal 8. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)] q through 15A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38 q through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter terminal 7. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 11. Ground is supplied q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) terminals 38 and 60 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51 q to combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85.
Low Beam Operation With the lighting switch in 2ND position, the BCM receives input signal requesting the headlamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R across the CAN communication lines. The CPU in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp low relay coil, which when energized, directs power q to 15A fuse [No. 76, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 20 q to headlamp RH terminal 6 q to 15A fuse [No. 86, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 30 q to headlamp LH terminal 6. Ground is supplied q to headlamp RH terminal 7 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51 q to headlamp LH terminal 7 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51. With power and ground supplied, low beam headlamps illuminate.
High Beam Operation/Flash-to-Pass Operation With the lighting switch in 2ND position and placed in HIGH or PASS position, the BCM receives input signal requesting the headlamp high beams to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R across the CAN communication lines. The CPU in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp high relay coil and low relay coil, which when energized, directs power q to 15A fuse [No. 76, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 20 q to headlamp RH terminal 6 q to 15A fuse [No. 86, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 30 q to headlamp LH terminal 6 q to 10A fuse [No. 72, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 27 q to headlamp RH terminal 5 q to 10A fuse [No. 74, located in IPDM E/R] q through IPDM E/R terminal 28

Revision; 2004 April

LT-8

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

q to headlamp LH terminal 5.

Ground is supplied

A

q to headlamp RH terminal 7

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to headlamp LH terminal 7

B

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51.

With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps illuminate. If voltage is applied to a high beam solenoid, the bulb shade will move, even a xenon head lamp bulb comes

C

out, and a high beam and a low beam are changed.

The unified meter and A/C amp that received the high beam request signal by BCM across the CAN commu-

nication makes a high beam indicator lamp turn on in combination meter.

D

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION

Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

E

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL

When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 2ND position (ON), and the ignition switch is turned

from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control function is activated.

F

Under this condition, the headlamps remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the headlamps are turned off.

Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

AUTO LIGHT OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED)

G

Refer to LT-81, "System Description" in "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM".

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

H

The vehicle security system will flash the high beams if the system is triggered. Refer to BL-216, "VEHICLE

SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM" .

XENON HEADLAMP

I

Xenon type headlamp is adopted to the low and high beam headlamps. Xenon bulbs do not use a filament.

Instead, they produce light when a high voltage current is passed between two tungsten electrodes through a

mixture of xenon (an inert gas) and certain other metal halides. In addition to added lighting power, electronic J control of the power supply gives the headlamps stable quality and tone color.

Following are some of the many advantages of the xenon type headlamp.

q The light produced by the headlamps is a white color comparable to sunlight that is easy on the eyes.

LT

q Light output is nearly double that of halogen headlamps, affording increased area of illumination.

q The light features a high relative spectral distribution at wavelengths to which the human eye is most sen-

sitive. This means that even in the rain, more light is reflected back from the road surface toward the vehicle, for added visibility.

L

q Power consumption is approximately 25 percent less than halogen headlamps, reducing battery load.

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007MB

M

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-9

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

CAN Communication Unit
Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

AKS0080S

Wagon

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

A/T

VDC

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-11, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-14, "TYPE 3"

LT-17, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-20, "TYPE 6"

Revision; 2004 April

LT-10

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

TYPE 1/TYPE2

System Diagram

A

q Type1

B

C

D

E

q Type2

F
SKIA6171E
G

H

I

J

LT

Input/Output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

L
SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive M

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-11

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-12

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

T

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

T

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM

TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

C

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

Front wiper stop position signal

R

R
D
T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

Hood switch signal

R

R

R

T

E

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

Horn chirp signal

T

R

R

F

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

G

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

R

T

H

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

I

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

J

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T
LT
T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

L

Hand brake switch

R

T

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-13

2003 FX

TYPE 3 System Diagram q Type3

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

SKIA6173E

Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-14

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

D

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

E

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

T

F

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

G

T A/C control signal
R

R

T

H

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

I

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

R

T
J
R

High beam status signal R

T
LT

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

L

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

M

R

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-15

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-16

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

ICC system display signal

T

Current gear position signal

T

R

R
D
R

Steering switch signal

T

R

E

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

F

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R
G
R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

H

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

I

Manual mode shift up signal

R

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T
J
T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

LT

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5

L

System Diagram

q Type4

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-17

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Input/Output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6175E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-18

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

R

T

T

R

D

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

E

T

R

R

T

F

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

G

T

R

R

T

H

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

I

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

J

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T LT

T

R

R

T

L

R

T

T

R

M

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-19

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

TYPE 6 System Diagram q Type6

Revision; 2004 April

LT-20

SKIA6176E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive A

Signals A/T self-diagnosis signal

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

B C

R

T

D

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

E

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

F

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

P range signal

T

T R

R

R

G

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

H

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

I

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

J

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

R

R

R
LT
R
L

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

M

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-21

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-22

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

R

D

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

E

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal
Door lock/unlock request signal

R

R

T

F

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

G

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

H

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

I

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal ICC warning lamp signal

R

T

J

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

LT

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

L

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

M
R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-23

2003 FX

Schematic

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

AKS007MD

Revision; 2004 April

LT-24

TKWM0601E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE Wiring Diagram -- H/LAMP --

AKS007ME
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-25

TKWM0815E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Revision; 2004 April

LT-26

TKWM0603E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-27

TKWM0604E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Revision; 2004 April

LT-28

TKWM0605E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Terminals and Reference Values for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

11

LG/R Ignition switch (ACC)

ACC

--

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-29

AKS007MF
A
Reference value
B

C

D
SKIA5291E
E

F
SKIA5292E
G

H
SKIA5291E
I

J

SKIA5292E

LT

Battery voltage

L

M
SKIA5291E

SKIA5292E

SKIA5291E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

Reference value

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

39

L CAN- H

--

--

40

R CAN- L

--

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

49

B Ground

ON

--

52

B Ground

ON

--

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

SKIA5292E
Battery voltage -- --
Battery voltage Approx. 0V Approx. 0V
Battery voltage

Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R

AKS007MG

Terminal No.

Wire color

Signal name

20

LG Headlamp low (RH)

27

BR Headlamp high (RH)

28

SB Headlamp high (LH)

30

GY Headlamp low (LH)

38

B Ground

48

L

CAN- H

49

R CAN- L

60

B Ground

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

ON

Lighting switch 2ND position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch HIGH or PASS position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch HIGH or PASS position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch 2ND position

OFF ON

ON

--

--

--

--

--

ON

--

Reference value
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V -- --
Approx. 0V

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis
1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. 2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-7, "System Description" . 3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-31, "Preliminary Check" . 4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction. 5. Does the headlamp operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4. 6. INSPECTION END

AKS007MH

Revision; 2004 April

LT-30

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Preliminary Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES
q Check fuses for blown-out.

AKS007MI
A
B

Unit

Power source

Fuse and fusible link No.

BCM

Battery
Ignition switch ON or START position Ignition switch ACC or ON position

M

C

22

1

6

D

72

IPDM E/R

Battery

74

E

76

86

Refer to LT-25, "Wiring Diagram -- H/LAMP --" .

F

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG- G
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect BCM connector.

I

3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ACC

ON

11 (LG/R)

0V

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

0V

Battery voltage

Ground

42 (L/R)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

J LT
L M
SKIA5773E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-31

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminals Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

49 (B)

M4

Ground

Yes

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

SKIA5294E

CONSULT-II Function (BCM)

AKS007MJ

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

WORK SUPPORT

Changes the setting for each function.

HEAD LAMP

DATA MONITOR

Displays BCM input data in real time.

ACTIVE TEST

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.

BCM

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION
CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn ignition switch ON.

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PBIB1503E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-32

SKIA3098E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen.

If "BCM" is not indicated, refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link

A

Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

B

4. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

C
SKIA5036E
D
E

F

WORK SUPPORT Operation Procedure 1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "WORK SUPPORT" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch item on "SELECT WORK ITEM" screen. 4. Touch "START". 5. Touch "CHANGE SET". 6. The setting will be changed and "CUSTOMIZING COMPLETED" will be displayed. 7. Touch "END".
Display Item List

G
SKIA5788E
H
I
J
LT

Item

Description

CONSULT-II Factory setting

BATTERY SAVER Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed in this mode.

SET

Selects exterior lamp battery saver control mode between two ON/OFF.

ON OFF

×

L

--

DATA MONITOR

M

Operation Procedure

1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

All signals

Monitors all the signals.

Selection from menu

Selects and monitors individual signal.

4. Touch "START".
5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch individual items to be monitored. When "ALL SIGNALS" is selected, all the items will be monitored.
6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

Revision; 2004 April

LT-33

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Display Item List

Monitor item

Contents

IGN ON SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.

ACC ON SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "ACC (ON)/OFF, Ignition OFF (OFF)" status judged from ignition switch signal.

HI BEAM SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting switch signal.

HEAD LAMP SW 1

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 1: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

HEAD LAMP SW 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

LIGHT SW 1 ST

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting switch signal.

AUTO LIGHT SWNOTE 1

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the lighting switch as judged from the lighting switch signal. (AUTO position: ON/Other than AUTO position: OFF)

PASSING SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting switch signal.

FR FOG SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (front fog lamp switch: ON/Others: OFF) of front fog lamp switch judged from lighting switch signal.

DOOR SW - DR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the driver door as judged from the driver door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - AS

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the passenger door as judged from the passenger door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - RR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (RH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - RL

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (LH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

BACK DOOR SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the back door as judged from the back door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

TURN SIGNAL R

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn right: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

TURN SIGNAL L

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn left: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

ENGINE RUNNOTE 2

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Engine running: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from engine status signal.

PKB SWNOTE 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (Parking brake switch: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from parking brake switch signal.

OPTICAL SENSORNOTE 1

[0 - 5V]

Displays "ambient light (close to 5V when light/close to 0V when dark)" judged from optical sensor signal.

NOTE: 1. Vehicles without auto light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.
2. Vehicles without daytime light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.

ACTIVE TEST Operation Procedure 1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch item to be tested and check operation of the selected item. 4. During the operation check, touching "BACK" deactivates the operation.

Display Item List

Test item

Description

TAIL LAMP

Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

HEAD LAMP (LOW) HEAD LAMP (HI)

Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF. Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-34

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Test item

Description

A

FR FOG LAMP

Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

DTRLNOTE 1

Allow day time light lamp operate by switching ON­OFF.

CORNERING LAMPNOTE 2

--

B

NOTE:

1. Vehicles without daytime light lamp system display this item, but cannot monitor it.

2. This item is displayed, but cannot monitor it.

C

CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R)

AKS007MK

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with IPDM E/R.

D

Check Item, Diagnosis Mode

Description

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

IPDM E/R performs self-diagnosis of CAN communication.

E

DATA MONITOR

The input/output data of the IPDM E/R is displayed in real time.

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

The IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to electronic components to check their operation.

F

CONSULT-II OPERATION

CAUTION:

G

If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be

detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CON-

H

SULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn the

ignition switch ON.

I

J

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PBIB1503E

LT

L

M

3. Touch "IPDM E/R" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "IPDM E/R" is not displayed, print "SELECT SYSTEM" screen, then refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SKIA3098E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-35

SKIA5036E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -
4. Select the desired part to be diagnosed on the "SELECT SYSTEM" screen.

PKIA7594E
DATA MONITOR Operation Procedure 1. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE " screen. 2. Touch "ALL SIGNALS", "MAIN SIGNALS" or "SELECT FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

ALL SIGNALS

All items will be monitored.

MAIN SIGNALS

Monitor the predetermined item.

SELECT FROM MENU

Select any item for monitoring.

3. Touch "START".
4. Touch the required monitoring item on "SELECT ITEM MENU". In "ALL SIGNALS", all items are monitored. In "MAIN SIGNALS", predetermined items are monitored.
5. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring to record the status of the item being monitored. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

All Items, Main Items, Select Item Menu

Item name
Position lights request Headlamp low beam request Headlamp high beam request Font fog lights request

CONSULT-II screen display
TAIL&CLR REQ HL LO REQ HL HI REQ FR FOG REQ

Display or unit
ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF

Monitor item selection

ALL

MAIN

SIGNALS SIGNALS

SELECT FROM MENU

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Description
Signal status input from BCM Signal status input from BCM Signal status input from BCM Signal status input from BCM

NOTE: Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is at ACC, the display may not be correct.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-36

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

ACTIVE TEST

Operation Procedure

A

1. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

2. Touch item to be tested, and check operation.

3. Touch "START".

B

4. Touch "STOP" while testing to stop the operation.

Test item

CONSULT-II screen display

Description

C

Headlamp relay (HI, LO) output Front fog lamp relay output

LAMPS

Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching operation (OFF, HI ON,
LO ON) at your option (Head lamp high beam repeats ON­OFF every 1 second). D
Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option.

Tail lamp relay output

TAIL LAMP Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option.

Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (Both Sides)
1. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

E
AKS007ML

F With CONSULT-II

Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor,

make sure "HI BEAM SW" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of

lighting switch.

G

When lighting switch is HIGH position

: HI BEAM SW ON

Without CONSULT-II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .

2. HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST

H
I
SKIA4193E
J

With CONSULT-II 1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST"
on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 2. Select "LAMPS" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 3. Touch "HI" screen. 4. Make sure headlamp high beam operates.
Headlamp high beam should operate (Headlamp high beam repeats ON­OFF every 1 second).
Without CONSULT-II 1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" . 2. Make sure headlamp high beam operates.
Headlamp high beam should operate.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4.

LT L M
SKIA5774E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-37

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

3. CHECK IPDM E/R

1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II and select "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.
2. Make sure "HL LO REQ" and "HL HI REQ" turns ON when lighting switch is in HI position.

When lighting switch is HIGH position

: HL LO REQ ON : HL HI REQ ON

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM" .

4. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL

SKIA5775E

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH and LH connector.

3. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

4. Select "LAMPS" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

5. Touch "HI" screen.

6. When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp RH and LH harness connector and ground (Headlamp high beam repeats ON­OFF every 1 second).

SKIA5776E

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH and LH connector.

3. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" .

4. When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp RH and LH harness connector and ground.

Terminals

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E24

5 (BR)

LH

E44

5 (SB)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

Revision; 2004 April

LT-38

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

5. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 27 (BR) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 5 (BR).

27 (BR) ­ 5 (BR)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 28 (SB) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 5 (SB).

28 (SB) ­ 5 (SB)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

6. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

1. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace headlamp assembly. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Headlamp Does Not Change To High Beam (One Side)
1. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH or LH connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Lighting switch is turned HIGH position. 5. Check voltage between front combination lamp RH or LH har-
ness connector and ground.

Terminals

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E24

5 (BR)

LH

E44

5 (SB)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

Revision; 2004 April

LT-39

A

B

C

D
SKIA5777E
E

F

G H

I

SKIA5778E

J

AKS007MM
LT

L

M

SKIA5779E

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

2. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 27 (BR) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 5 (BR).

27 (BR) ­ 5 (BR)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 28 (SB) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 5 (SB).

28 (SB) ­ 5 (SB)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

1. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace headlamp assembly. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate
1. CHECK BULB

Check bulb of high beam indicator lamp. OK or NG
OK >> Replace combination meter. NG >> Replace indicator bulb.
Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides)
1. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "HEAD LAMP SW 1" and "HEAD LAMP SW 2" turns ONOFF linked with operation of lighting switch.

When lighting switch is 2ND : HEAD LAMP SW 1 ON

position

: HEAD LAMP SW 2 ON

Without CONSULT-II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-40

SKIA5777E
SKIA5778E AKS007MN AKS007MO
SKIA4194E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -
2. HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-II 1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST"
on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 2. Select "LAMPS" on "SELECT TEST" ITEM screen. 3. Touch "LO" screen. 4. Make sure headlamp low beam operates.
Headlamp low beam should operate.
Without CONSULT-II 1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" . 2. Make sure headlamp high beam operates.
Headlamp low beam should operate. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK IPDM E/R
1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.
2. Make sure "HL LO REQ" turns ON when lighting switch is in 2ND position.
When lighting switch is 2ND : HL LO REQ ON position OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Replace BCM.

A B C D
SKIA5774E
E F G H I J
SKIA5780E
LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-41

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

4. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH and LH connector.

3. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

4. Select "LAMPS" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

5. Touch "LO" screen.

6. When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp RH and LH harness connector and ground.

Without CONSULT-II

SKIA5781E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH and LH connector.

3. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" .

4. When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp RH and LH harness connector and ground.

Terminals

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E24

6 (LG)

LH

E44

6 (GY)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.

3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 20 (LG) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 6 (LG).

20 (LG) ­ 6 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 30 (GY) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 6 (GY).

30 (GY) ­ 6 (GY)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5782E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-42

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

6. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check headlamp harness and connectors, ballasts (HID control unit), and xenon bulbs. Refer to LT-46, "Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis" .
NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side)
1. CHECK BULB

A
B
C
D
SKIA5778E
E
AKS007MP
F

Check ballasts (HID control unit) and xenon bulb of lamp which does not illuminate. Refer to LT-46, "Xenon

Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis" .

G

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 2.

NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.

H

2. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp RH or LH connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 20 (LG) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 6 (LG).

20 (LG) ­ 6 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 30 (GY) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 6 (GY).

30 (GY) ­ 6 (GY)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

I

J

LT

SKIA5782E

L

M

1. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5778E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-43

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

Headlamp RH Low Beam and High Beam Do Not Illuminate
1. CHECK BULB

AKS007MQ

Inspect ballasts (HID control unit) and xenon bulb of lamp which does not illuminate. Refer to LT-46, "Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.
2. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH connector.
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

SKIA5778E

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 27 (BR) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 5 (BR).

27 (BR) ­ 5 (BR)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 20 (LG) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 6 (LG).

20 (LG) ­ 6 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5783E

Headlamp LH Low Beam and High Beam Do Not Illuminate
1. CHECK BULB

SKIA5784E AKS007MR

Inspect ballasts (HID control unit) and xenon bulb of lamp which does not illuminate. Refer to LT-46, "Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-44

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

2. CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front combination lamp LH connector.
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 28 (SB) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 5 (SB).

28 (SB) ­ 5 (SB)

: Continuity should exist.

A B C D
SKIA5778E
E F G

H

3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E7 terminal 30 (GY) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 6 (GY).

30 (GY) ­ 6 (GY)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5785E
I
J
LT

Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF
1. CHECK HEADLAMP TURN OFF

L
SKIA5786E
AKS007MS
M

Make sure that lighting switch is OFF. And make sure headlamp turns off when ignition switch is turned OFF.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-45

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

2. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "HEAD LAMP SW 1" and "HEAD LAMP SW 2" turns ONOFF linked with operation of lighting switch.

When lighting switch is OFF : HEAD LAMP SW 1 OFF

position

: HEAD LAMP SW 2 OFF

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .

3. CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BCM AND IPDM E/R
Select "BCM" by CONSULT-II, and perform self-diagnosis for "BCM". Display of self-diagnosis results
NO DTC>> Replace IPDM E/R. CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Refer to BCS-27, "CAN Communication
Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

SKIA5200E

SKIA1039E

CAUTION:

AKS007MT

q Installation or removal of the connector must be done with the lighting switch OFF.
q When the lamp is illuminated (when the lighting switch is ON), do not touch the harness, HID control unit, inside of the lamp, or the lamp metal parts.
q To check illumination, temporarily install lamp in the vehicle. Be sure to connect power at the vehicle-side connector.
q If the error can be traced directly to the electrical system, first check for items such as burned-out fuses and fusible links, broken wires or loose connectors, pulled-out terminals, and improper connections.
q Do not work with wet hands. q Using a tester for HID control unit circuit trouble diagnosis is prohibited.
q Disassembling the HID control unit or harnesses (bulb socket harness, ECM harness) is prohibited.
q Immediately after illumination, the light intensity and color will fluctuate, but there is nothing wrong.
q When the bulb has reached the end of its lifetime, the brightness may drop significantly, it may flash repeatedly, or the light may turn a reddish color.

Xenon Headlamp Trouble Diagnosis
1. CHECK 1: XENON HEADLAMP LIGHTING

AKS007MU

Install normal xenon bulb to corresponding xenon bulb headlamp, and check if lamp lights up. OK or NG
OK >> Replace xenon bulb. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK 2: XENON HEADLAMP LIGHTING

Install normal HID control unit to corresponding xenon headlamp, and check if lamp lights up.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace HID control unit. NG >> GO TO 3.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-46

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

3. CHECK 3: XENON HEADLAMP LIGHTING A

Install normal xenon lamp housing assembly to corresponding xenon headlamp, and check if lamp lights up.

OK or NG OK >> Malfunction in starter (boosting circuit) in xenon headlamp housing. (Replace xenon headlamp B housing assembly.) NG >> INSPECTION END

Aiming Adjustment

C
AKS007MV

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

LT

SKIA5544E

PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING

L

For details, refer to the regulations in your own country. Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following.

1. Keep all tires inflated to correct pressures.

M

2. Place vehicle on flat surface.

3. Set that there is no-load in vehicle other than the driver (or equivalent weight placed in driver's position). Coolant, engine oil filled up to correct level and full fuel tank.

LOW BEAM AND HIGH BEAM 1. Turn headlamp low beam on. 2. Use adjusting screws to perform aiming adjustment.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-47

2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -
ADJUSTMENT USING AN ADJUSTMENT SCREEN (LIGHT/DARK BORDERLINE)

SKIA5545E
If the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been replaced, check aiming. Use the aiming chart shown in the figure.
q Basic illumination area for adjustment should be within the range shown on the aiming chart. Adjust headlamp accordingly.
CAUTION: Be sure aiming switch is set to "0" when performing aiming adjustment.

Bulb Replacement
HEADLAMP HIGH/LOW BEAM 1. Turn lighting switch OFF.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable or remove power fuse.
3. Remove air cleaner case (LH) or radiator reservoir tank (RH). Refer to EM-17, "Removal and Installation" ,EM-170, "Removal and Installation" ,CO-14, "Removal and Installation" , CO-38, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Turn plastic cap counterclockwise and unlock it.
5. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
6. Unlock retaining spring and remove bulb from headlamp.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-48

SKIA5546E AKS007MW
SKIA5549E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

NOTE: After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to LT-47, "Aiming Adjustment" .

Headlamp high/low beam (Xenon)

: 12V - 35W (D2S)

PARKING LAMP (CLEARANCE LAMP) 1. Turn lighting switch OFF. 2. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 3. Remove bulb from its socket. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Parking lamp (Clearance lamp)

: 12V - 5W

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP 1. Turn lighting switch OFF. 2. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise with suitable tool and unlock
it. 3. Remove bulb from its socket. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Front turn signal lamp

: 12V - 21W (amber)

FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP 1. Turn lighting switch OFF. 2. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 3. Remove bulb from its socket. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Front side marker lamp

: 12V - 3.8W

CAUTION: After installing bulb, be sure to install plastic cap and bulb socket securely to insure watertightness.

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Remove front bumper. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation" in "EI" section.
3. Remove headlamp mounting bolts.
4. Remove plastics bumper bracket, then pull headlamp toward vehicle front, disconnect connector, and remove headlamp.

A
B
C
D
E
SKIA5550E
F
G
H
I
SKIA6182E
J
LT
L
M
SKIA5552E AKS007MX

Revision; 2004 April

LT-49

SKIA5553E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -

INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

Headlamp mounting bolt

: 6.1 N·m (0.62 kg-m, 54 in-lb)

NOTE: After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to LT-47, "Aiming Adjustment" .

Disassembly and Assembly

AKS007MY

1. Headlamp housing assembly 4. Plastic cap 7. HID C/U 10. Retaining spring 13. Xenon bulb

PKIA6525E

2. Side marker lamp bulb

3. Side marker lamp bulb socket

5. Seal packing

6. Screw

8. Parking lamp (Clearance lamp) bulb socket 9. Parking lamp (Clearance lamp) bulb

11. Front turn signal lamp bulb

12. Front turn signal lamp bulb socket

14. Xenon bulb socket

15. Seal packing

DISASSEMBLY 1. Turn plastic cap counterclockwise and unlock it. 2. Turn xenon bulb socket counterclockwise, and unlock it. 3. Unlock retaining spring, and remove xenon bulb. 4. Disconnect HID control unit connector, and remove HID control unit screws. 5. Turn parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 6. Remove parking lamp bulb from its socket. 7. Turn front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 8. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from its socket. 9. Turn front side marker lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 10. Remove front side marker lamp bulb from its socket.

ASSEMBLY

Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

HID control unit mounting screw

: 3.2 N·m (0.33 kg-m, 28 in-lb)

CAUTION: q When HID control unit is removed, reinstall it securely and avoid any looseness.
q After installing bulb, be sure to install plastic cap and bulb socket securely to insure watertightness.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-50

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:284B2
A
AKS007MZ
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

PKIA2919E

System Description

AKS007N0

J

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM turns on Daytime Light Lamps while driving. Day Light Lamps are not turned on if

engine is activated with Parking Brake on. Take off Parking Brake to turn on Daytime Light Lamps. The lamps turn off when Lighting Switch is in the 2ND position or AUTO position (Head Lamp is "ON") and when Lighting LT

Switch is in the PASSING position. (Daytime Light Lamps are not turned off only by Parking Brake itself.)

An parking brake signal and engine run or stop signal are sent to BCM (body control module) by CAN commu-

nication line, and control daytime light system.

L

OUTLINE

Power is supplied at all times

q to headlamp high relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

M

q to headlamp low relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 10A fuse [No.71, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to combination meter terminal 8

q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42

q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block)

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55

q through 10A fuse [No. 36, located in fuse and fusible link block]

q to daytime relay terminals 2 and 5.

When the ignition switch is in ON or START position, power is supplied

q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

Revision; 2004 April

LT-51

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

q through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter terminal 7 q through 15A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38. Ground is supplied q to combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) terminals 38 and 60 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51.

DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION With the engine running, the lighting switch in the OFF or 1ST position and parking brake released, power is supplied q through daytime light relay terminal 1 q to combination meter terminal 10 q through daytime light relay terminal 3 q to clearance lamp RH and LH terminal 1. Ground is supplied q to combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to clearance lamp RH and LH terminal 3 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51. With power and grounds supplied, the front fog lamps illuminate.

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

AUTO LIGHT OPERATION For auto light operation, refer to LT-81, "System Description" in "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM".

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007N1

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-52

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

CAN Communication Unit
Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

Wagon

AKS0080T
A

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

B

A/T

VDC ×

C
×

×

×

×

×

D

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

E

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

F

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

G

×

×

×

×

×

H

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

I

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

J

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-54, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-57, "TYPE 3"

LT-60, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-63, "TYPE 6"

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-53

2003 FX

TYPE 1/TYPE2 System Diagram q Type1

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

q Type2

SKIA6171E

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-54

2003 FX

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-55

ABS

actua-

A

Steer- Unified tor and Driver

BCM

ing meter electric seat IPDM angle and A/ unit control E/R

sensor C amp. (con- unit

B

trol

unit)

C

T

R

T

R

R

D

R

R

T

T

E

T

T

R

F

G
T

R

T

H

R

T

I

R

T

R

J

T

T

R

T

R
LT
R

T

T

R

R

L

T

T

T

R

R
M

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

T

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-56

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

TYPE 3

System Diagram

A

q Type3

B

C

D

E

F

Input/output Signal Chart

SKIA6173E
G
T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

H I J

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

LT

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

L

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

R
M

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-57

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

T

High beam request signal

T

R

R

High beam status signal R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-58

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

D

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

E

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

F

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

G

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

H

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

I

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

J

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

LT

SLIP indicator lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

L

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

M

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-59

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5 System Diagram q Type4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-60

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
q Type5 A

B

C

D

E

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6175E

F

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

G

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

H I

unit)

R

T

R

R

J
T

R

T

R

R

T

LT

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

L

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

M

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-61

2003 FX

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-62

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal Hand brake switch signal

R

T

D

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

E

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

R

F

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

G

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

Manual mode indicator signal

T

T
H
R

TYPE 6

System Diagram

I

q Type6

J

LT

L

M

SKIA6176E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-63

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-64

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

D

Day time running light request signal
Turn LED burnout status signal

T

R

E

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

T

F

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

G

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

H

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

R

T
I

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

J

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

LT

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

L

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

M

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-65

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-66

2003 FX

Schematic

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

AKS007N3
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-67

TKWM0606E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -- DTRL --

AKS007N4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-68

TKWM0607E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-69

TKWM0816E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Revision; 2004 April

LT-70

TKWM0609E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-71

TKWM0610E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-72

AKS007XM
Reference value
SKIA5291E SKIA5292E SKIA5291E SKIA5292E SKIA5291E SKIA5292E SKIA5291E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Reference value

A

B

C

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

SKIA5292E

Battery voltage

D

39

L CAN- H

--

--

40

R CAN- L

--

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

-- --
E
Battery voltage

49

B Ground

ON

--

Approx. 0V

52

B Ground

ON

--

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

Approx. 0V

F

Battery voltage

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis
1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.

AKS007N6

G

2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-51, "System Description" .

3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-73, "Preliminary Check" .

H

4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction.

5. Does the headlamp operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4.

6. INSPECTION END

I

Preliminary Check
INSPECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

AKS007N7
J

q Check fuses for blown-out.

LT

Unit

Power source

Fuse and fusible link No.

BCM

Battery

M

22

L

Ignition switch ON or START position

1

Daytime light relay Refer to LT-68, "Wiring Diagram -- DTRL --" .

Battery

36

M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-73

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. 3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ON

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

Battery voltage

42 (L/R)

Ground

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

SKIA7095E

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

Continuity Yes

INSPECTION PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. CHECK BRAKE INDICATOR

SKIA5294E

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. When parking brake is made ON/OFF, it checks whether the brake indicator lamp of combination meter lights up/puts out the light.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-74

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

2. CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect parking brake switch connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check voltage between parking brake switch harness connector
E207 terminal 1 (L) and ground.

1(L) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace parking brake switch. NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

A
B
C
D
SKIA5876E
E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect combination meter connector.

F

3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector

M20 terminal 23 (PU/W) and parking brake switch harness con-

nector E207 terminal 1 (L). G

1 (L) ­ 23(PU/W)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace combination meter. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

H
SKIA5877E

CONSULT-II Function

AKS007N8

I

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

J

HEAD LAMP

DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST

Displays BCM input data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.

BCM

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. LT

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION

CAUTION:

L

If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be

detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CON-

M

SULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn igni-

tion switch ON.

PBIB1503E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-75

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
4. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

SKIA3098E SKIA5036E

DATA MONITOR Operation Procedure 1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

SKIA5788E

All signals

Monitors all the signals.

Selection from menu

Selects and monitors individual signal.

4. Touch "START".
5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch individual items to be monitored. When "ALL SIGNALS" is selected, all the items will be monitored.
6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

Display Item List

Monitor item

Contents

IGN ON SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.

ACC ON SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "ACC (ON)/OFF, Ignition OFF (OFF)" status judged from ignition switch signal.

HI BEAM SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting switch signal.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-76

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Monitor item

Contents

HEAD LAMP SW 1

A

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 1: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

HEAD LAMP SW 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

B

LIGHT SW 1 ST AUTO LIGHT SWNOTE 1

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting switch signal.

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the lighting switch as judged from the lighting switch signal. (AUTO position: ON/Other than AUTO position: OFF)

C

PASSING SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting switch signal.

D

FR FOG SW DOOR SW - DR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (front fog lamp switch: ON/Others: OFF) of front fog lamp switch judged from lighting switch signal.

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the driver door as judged from the driver door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

E

DOOR SW - AS

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the passenger door as judged from the passenger door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

F

DOOR SW - RR DOOR SW - RL

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (RH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (LH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

G

BACK DOOR SW TURN SIGNAL R

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the back door as judged from the back door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

H

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn right: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

TURN SIGNAL L ENGINE RUNNOTE 2

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn left: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Engine running: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from engine status signal.

I

PKB SWNOTE 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (Parking brake switch: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from parking brake switch signal.

J

OPTICAL SENSORNOTE 1

[0 - 5V]

Displays "ambient light (close to 5V when light/close to 0V when dark)" judged from optical sensor signal.

NOTE:

LT

1. Vehicles without auto light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.

2. Vehicles without daytime light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.

ACTIVE TEST

L

Operation Procedure

1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

2. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

M

3. Touch item to be tested and check operation of the selected item.

4. During the operation check, touching "BACK" deactivates the operation.

Display Item List

Test item

Description

TAIL LAMP

Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

HEAD LAMP (LOW)

Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF.

HEAD LAMP (HI)

Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

FR FOG LAMP

Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

DTRLNOTE 1

Allow day time light lamp operate by switching ON­OFF.

CORNERING LAMPNOTE 2

--

NOTE: 1. Vehicles without daytime light lamp system display this item, but cannot monitor it.
2. This item is displayed, but cannot monitor it.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-77

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly
1. CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Remove daytime light relay. 2. Check voltage between daytime light relay harness connector
E15 terminal 2 (BR) and ground.
2 (BR) ­ Ground : Battery voltage should exist.
3. Check voltage between daytime light relay harness connector E15 terminal 5 (BR) and ground.

5 (BR) ­ Ground : Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector.
2. CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY

Apply battery voltage between daytime light relay terminal 1 and 2, and check continuity between terminal 3 and 5.

3 ­ 5

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace daytime light relay.

3. CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect clearance lamp RH and LH connector.
2. Check continuity between daytime light relay connector E15 terminal 3 (G) and clearance lamp RH harness connector E23 terminal 1 (G).

3 (G) ­ 1 (G)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between daytime light relay connector E15 terminal 3 (G) and clearance lamp LH harness connector E43 terminal 1 (G).

3 (G) ­ 1 (G)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

AKS007N9 SKIA5878E SKIA5879E SKIA5880E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-78

2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM

4. CHECK GROUND

1. Check continuity between clearance lamp RH harness connector E23 terminal 3 (B) and ground.

3 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between clearance lamp LH harness connector E43 terminal 3 (B) and ground.

3 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

5. CHECK BULB

Inspect bulbs of lamp which does not illuminate. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace bulb.
6. CHECK DAYTIME RELAY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between daytime lamp relay harness connector E15 terminal 1 (L) and combination meter harness connector M20 terminal 10 (L/W)

1 (L) ­ 10 (L/W)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

7. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

1. Connect combination meter connector.
2. Start engine running.
3. Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "ENGINE RUN" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of engine running or stop.

Engine running

: ENGINE RUN ON

Engine stop

: ENGINE RUN OFF

4. Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "PKB SW" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of parking brake switch.

Parking brake ON Parking brake OFF
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. NG >> GO TO 8.

: PKR SW ON : PKR SW OFF

Revision; 2004 April

LT-79

A B C D
SKIA5881E
E F G H I J
SKIA5882E
LT L M
SKIA5883E
2003 FX

DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
8. CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II, and perform self-diagnosis for "BCM". Displayed self-diagnosis results
NO DTC>> Replace BCM. CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Check BCM CAN communication system.
Refer to BCS-27, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
Aiming Adjustment
Refer to LT-47, "Aiming Adjustment" in "HEAD LAMP -XENON TYPE-".
Bulb Replacement
Refer to LT-48, "Bulb Replacement" in "HEAD LAMP -XENON TYPE-".
Removal and Installation
Refer to LT-49, "Removal and Installation" in "HEAD LAMP -XENON TYPE-".
Disassembly and Assembly
Refer to LT-50, "Disassembly and Assembly" in "HEAD LAMP -XENON TYPE-".

SKIA1039E AKS007NA AKS007NB AKS007NC AKS007ND

Revision; 2004 April

LT-80

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:28491
A
AKS007ER
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

LT

L

System Description

PKIA2920E

M

AKS007ES

Automatically turns on/off the parking lamps and the headlamps in accordance with ambient light. Timing for when the lamps turn on/off can be selected using four modes.

OUTLINE The auto light control system has an optical sensor inside it that detects outside brightness. When the lighting switch is in "AUTO" position, it automatically turns on/off the parking lamps and the headlamps in accordance with the ambient light. Sensitivity can be adjusted in four steps. For the details of the setting, refer to LT-104, "SETTING CHANGE FUNCTIONS" . Optical sensor, power is supplied
q from BCM (body control module) terminal 17
q to optical sensor terminal 1.
Optical sensor, ground is supplied
q from BCM (body control module) terminal 18
q to optical sensor terminal 3.
When ignition switch is turn to "ON" position, and

Revision; 2004 April

LT-81

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

When outside brightness is darker than prescribed level, input is supplied q to BCM (body control module) terminal 14 q from optical sensor terminal 2. The headlamps will then illuminate. For a description of headlamp operation, refer to LT-81, "System Description" .

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the AUTO position, and the ignition switch is turned from ON or ACC to OFF, and one of the front door is opened, the battery saver control feature is activated. Under this condition, the headlamp remain illuminated for 5mimutes, then the headlamp are turned off. Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

DELAY TIMER FUNCTION
When ignition switch ON and ACC are OFF while auto light switch is ON, BCM turn on/off headlamp. In delay timer function, auto timer sensor power source is OFF and BCM is not turned on/off by auto sensor signal. On condition that:
q when the states ignition switch ON or ACC is ON and output judgment by auto light function is headlamp ON turn to ignition switch ON or ACC are OFF and front door switch (driver side), front door switch (passenger side) is ON, output judgment by auto light function should be headlamp ON for 5 minutes by tamer. After time out, output judgment by auto light function should be headlamp OFF.
q when the state is front door switch (driver side), front door switch (passenger side), rear door switch LH, rear door switch RH or back door switch is turner to ON from OFF 45 seconds or 5 minutes while timer is counting, timer stops, and re-start counting for 5 minutes, then auto light function judges output as headlamp ON. After time out, auto light function judges output as headlamp OFF.
q when the states front door witch (driver side), front door switch (passenger side), rear door switch LH, rear door switch RH or back door switch is ON turns to front door witch (driver side), front door switch (passenger side), rear door switch LH, rear door switch RH or back door switch are OFF 45seconds or 5minute while is counting, Timer stops, and re-start counting for 45 seconds, then auto light function judges output as head lamp ON. After timer out, auto light function judges output as head lamp OFF.
q when the state is ignition switch ON or ACC is ON or auto light switch OFF while timer is counting, timer stops counting and BCM turns on/off lamps according to headlamp function, front fog lamp function, auto light function and headlamp battery save function.
Delay timer control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007ET

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-82

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

CAN Communication Unit
Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

Wagon

AKS0080U
A

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

B

A/T

VDC ×

C
×

×

×

×

×

D

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

E

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

F

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

G

×

×

×

×

×

H

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

I

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

J

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-84, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-87, "TYPE 3"

LT-90, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-93, "TYPE 6"

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-83

2003 FX

TYPE 1/TYPE2 System Diagram q Type1

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

q Type2

SKIA6171E

Input/output Signal chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-84

2003 FX

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-85

ABS

actua-

A

Steer- Unified tor and Driver

BCM

ing meter electric seat IPDM angle and A/ unit control E/R

sensor C amp. (con- unit

B

trol

unit)

C

T

R

T

R

R

D

R

R

T

T

E

T

T

R

F

G
T

R

T

H

R

T

I

R

T

R

J

T

T

R

T

R
LT
R

T

T

R

R

L

T

T

T

R

R
M

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

T

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-86

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

TYPE 3

System Diagram

A

q Type3

B

C

D

E

F

Input/output Signal Chart

SKIA6173E
G
T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

H I J

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

LT

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

L

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

R
M

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-87

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

T

High beam request signal

T

R

R

High beam status signal R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-88

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

D

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

E

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

F

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

G

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

H

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

I

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

J

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

LT

SLIP indicator lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

L

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

M

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-89

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5 System Diagram q Type4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-90

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5
Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

A

B

C

D

E

SKIA6175E

F

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

G

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

H I

unit)

R

T

R

R

J
T

R

T

R

R

T

LT

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

L

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

M

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-91

2003 FX

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-92

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal Hand brake switch signal

R

T

D

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

E

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

R

F

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

G

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

Manual mode indicator signal

T

T
H
R

TYPE 6

System Diagram

I

q Type6

J

LT

L

M

SKIA6176E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-93

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-94

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

D

Day time running light request signal
Turn LED burnout status signal

T

R

E

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

T

F

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

G

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

H

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

R

T
I

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

J

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

LT

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

L

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

M

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-95

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-96

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Major Components and Functions
Components

Functions

AKS007EV
A

BCM Optical sensor

q Turns on/off circuits of tail light and headlamp according to signals from light sensor, lighting switch

(AUTO), driver door switch, passenger door switch, rear door switch, and ignition switch (ON, OFF).

B

q Converts ambient light (lux) to voltage, and sends it to BCM. (Detects lightness of 50 to 1,300 lux)

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-97

2003 FX

Schematic

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

AKS007EW

Revision; 2004 April

LT-98

TKWM0611E
2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -- AUTO/L --

AKS007EX
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-99

TKWM0817E
2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Revision; 2004 April

LT-100

TKWM1257E
2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-101

TKWM0614E
2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

AKS007XO
Reference value

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5292E

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

11

LG/R Ignition switch (ACC)

ACC

--

12

P/B

Front door switch (Passenger side) signal

OFF

Front door switch (Passenger side)

ON (open) OFF (closed)

13

P/L Rear door switch RH signal

OFF

Rear door switch RH

ON (open) OFF (closed)

14

P Optical sensor signal

When optical sensor is illuminated ON
When optical sensor is not illuminated

17

Y/G Optical sensor power supply ON

--

18

B Sensor ground

ON

--

SKIA5291E
SKIA5292E
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
Battery voltage 3.1 V or moreNOTE
0.6 V or less Approx. 5V Approx. 0V

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-102

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Reference value

A

B

C
SKIA5292E
D

E

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

SKIA5291E

F

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

G

H
SKIA5292E

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

Battery voltage

39

L CAN- H

40

R CAN- L

--

--

--

--

--

I

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

49

B Ground

ON

--

Battery voltage

Approx. 0V

J

52

B Ground

ON

--

Approx. 0V

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

62

W

Front door switch (Driver side) signal

OFF

Front door switch (Driver side)

ON (open) OFF (closed)

63

P Rear door switch LH signal

OFF

Rear door switch LH

ON (open) OFF (closed)

Battery voltage
LT
Approx. 0V

Battery voltage

Approx. 0V

L

Battery voltage

NOTE:
Optical sensor must be securely subjected to work lamp light. If the optical sensor is insufficiently illuminated, the measured value may M
not satisfy standard.

Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R

AKS007I4

Terminal No. 20 22 27 28

Wire color LG
R BR SB

Signal name
Headlamp low (RH) Parking, license, and tail lamp Headlamp high (RH)
Headlamp high (LH)

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

ON

Lighting switch 2ND position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch 1ST position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch HIGH or PASS position

OFF ON

ON

Lighting switch HIGH or PASS position

OFF ON

Reference value
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage

Revision; 2004 April

LT-103

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Terminal No.

Wire color

Signal name

30

GY Headlamp low (LH)

38

B

Ground

48

L

CAN- H

49

R CAN- L

60

B

Ground

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

ON

Lighting switch 2ND position

OFF ON

ON

--

--

--

--

--

ON

--

Reference value
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V -- --
Approx. 0V

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis

AKS007F0

1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.

2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-81, "System Description" .

3. Carry out the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-104, "Preliminary Check" .

4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction. Refer to LT-110, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom" .

5. Does the auto light system operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4.

6. INSPECTION END

Preliminary Check
SETTING CHANGE FUNCTIONS

AKS007F1

q Sensitivity of auto light system can be adjusted using CONSULT-II. Refer to LT-106, "WORK SUPPORT" .

CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

q Check fuses for blown-out.

Unit

Power source

Fuse and fusible link No.

M

Battery

22

BCM

Ignition switch ON or START position

1

Ignition switch ACC or ON position

6

71

72

IPDM E/R

Battery

74

76

86

Refer to LT-99, "Wiring Diagram -- AUTO/L --" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-104

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect BCM connector.

3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

B

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ACC

ON

11 (LG/R)

0V

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

Ground

0V

Battery voltage

42 (L/R) M4
55 (G)

Battery voltage
Battery voltage

Battery voltage
Battery voltage

Battery voltage
Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

C

D

E

F

G

SKIA5773E

H

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

I

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

Continuity Yes

J

LT

SKIA5294E

L

CONSULT-II Function (BCM)

AKS007I5

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

M

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

WORK SUPPORT

Changes the setting for each function.

HEAD LAMP

DATA MONITOR

Displays BCM input data in real time.

ACTIVE TEST

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.

BCM

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-105

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication. 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CON-
SULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn ignition switch ON.

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PBIB1503E

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
4. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

SKIA3098E SKIA5036E

SKIA5788E

WORK SUPPORT Operation Procedure 1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

2. Touch "WORK SUPPORT" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

3. Touch "CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING" or "ILL DELAY SET" on "SELECT WORK ITEM" screen. 4. Touch "START".

Revision; 2004 April

LT-106

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

5. Touch "NORMAL" or "MODE 2 - 4" of setting to be changed (CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING), Touch

"MODE1­8" of setting to be changed. (ILL DELAY SET)

A

6. Touch "SETTING CHANGE".

7. The setting will be changed and "CUSTOMIZING COMPLETED" will be displayed.

8. Touch "END".

B

Work Support Setting Item

q Sensitivity of auto light can be selected and set from four modes.

C

Work item

Description

Auto light sensitivity can be changed in this mode. Sensitivity can be adjusted in four modes.

CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING q MODE 1 (Normal)/ MODE 2 (sensitive)/MODE 3 (Desensitized)/MODE4 (Insensitive)

D

ILL DELAY SET

Auto light delay off timer period can be changed in this mode. Selects auto light delay off timer period

among eight modes.

q MODE 1 (45 sec.)/MODE 2 (OFF)/MODE 3 (30 sec.)/MODE 4 (60 sec.)/MODE 5 (90 sec.)/MODE

E

6 (120 sec.)/MODE 7 (150 sec.)/MODE 8 (180 sec.)

DATA MONITOR

F

Operation Procedure

1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

G

3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

All signals

Monitors all the signals.

H

Selection from menu

Selects and monitors individual signal.

4. Touch "START". 5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch individual items to be monitored. When "ALL SIG- I
NALS" is selected, all the items will be monitored.

6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop

recording, touch "STOP".

J

Display Item List

Monitor item IGN ON SW ACC ON SW

Contents

LT

"ON/OFF"

Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.

"ON/OFF" Displays "ACC (ON)/OFF, Ignition OFF (OFF)" status judged from ignition switch signal.

L

HI BEAM SW HEAD LAMP SW 1

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting switch signal.

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 1: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

M

HEAD LAMP SW 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

LIGHT SW 1 ST

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting switch signal.

AUTO LIGHT SWNOTE 1

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the lighting switch as judged from the lighting switch signal. (AUTO position: ON/Other than AUTO position: OFF)

PASSING SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting switch signal.

FR FOG SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (front fog lamp switch: ON/Others: OFF) of front fog lamp switch judged from lighting switch signal.

DOOR SW - DR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the driver door as judged from the driver door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - AS

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the passenger door as judged from the passenger door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

Revision; 2004 April

LT-107

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Monitor item

Contents

DOOR SW - RR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (RH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - RL

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (LH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

BACK DOOR SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the back door as judged from the back door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

TURN SIGNAL R

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn right: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

TURN SIGNAL L

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn left: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal.

ENGINE RUNNOTE 2

"ON/OFF" Displays status (Engine running: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from engine status signal.

PKB SWNOTE 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (Parking brake switch: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from parking brake switch signal.

OPTICAL SENSORNOTE 1

[0 - 5V]

Displays "ambient light (close to 5V when light/close to 0V when dark)" judged from optical sensor signal.

NOTE: 1. Vehicles without auto light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.
2. Vehicles without daytime light system display this item, but cannot monitor it.

ACTIVE TEST Operation Procedure 1. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch item to be tested and check operation of the selected item. 4. During the operation check, touching "BACK" deactivates the operation.

Display Item List

Test item

Description

TAIL LAMP

Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

HEAD LAMP (LOW)

Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF.

HEAD LAMP (HI)

Allows headlamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

FR FOG LAMP

Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching ON­OFF.

DTRLNOTE 1

Allows day time light lamp operate by switching ON­OFF.

CORNERING LAMPNOTE 2

--

NOTE: 1. Vehicles without daytime light lamp system display this item, but cannot monitor it.
2. This item is displayed, but cannot monitor it.

CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R)

AKS007I6

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with IPDM E/R.

Check Item, Diagnosis Mode

Description

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

IPDM E/R performs self-diagnosis of CAN communication.

DATA MONITOR

The input/output data of the IPDM E/R is displayed in real time.

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

The IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to electronic components to check their operation.

CONSULT-II OPERATION
CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-108

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".
3. Touch "IPDM E/R" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "IPDM E/R" is not displayed, print "SELECT SYSTEM" screen, then refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
4. Select the desired part to be diagnosed on the "SELECT SYSTEM" screen.

A

B

C
PBIB1503E
D

E

F

G
SKIA3098E
H

I J

SKIA5036E

LT

L

M

PKIA6016E
DATA MONITOR Operation Procedure 1. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE " screen. 2. Touch "ALL SIGNALS", "MAIN SIGNALS" or "SELECT FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

ALL SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECT FROM MENU
3. Touch "START".

All items will be monitored. Monitor the predetermined item. Select any item for monitoring.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-109

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

4. Touch the required monitoring item on "SELECT ITEM MENU". In "ALL SIGNALS", all items are monitored. In "MAIN SIGNALS", predetermined items are monitored.
5. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring to record the status of the item being monitored. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

All Items, Main Items, Select Item Menu

Item name

CONSULT-II screen display

Display or unit

Monitor item selection

ALL

MAIN

SIGNALS SIGNALS

SELECT FROM MENU

Description

Position lights request

TAIL&CLR REQ ON/OFF

×

×

×

Signal status input from BCM

Headlamp low beam request

HL LO REQ ON/OFF

×

×

×

Signal status input from BCM

Headlamp high beam request

HL HI REQ

ON/OFF

×

×

×

Signal status input from BCM

Font fog lights request

FR FOG REQ ON/OFF

×

×

×

Signal status input from BCM

NOTE: Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is at ACC, the display may not be correct.
ACTIVE TEST Operation Procedure 1. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 2. Touch item to be tested, and check operation. 3. Touch "START". 4. Touch "STOP" while testing to stop the operation.

Test item

CONSULT-II screen display

Description

Headlamp relay (HI, LO) output Front fog lamp relay output

LAMPS

Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching operation (OFF, HI ON, LO ON) at your option (Head lamp high beam repeats ON­OFF every 1 second).
Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option.

Tail lamp relay output

TAIL LAMP Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option.

Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

AKS007F3

Trouble phenomenon

Malfunction system and reference

q Parking lamps and headlamps will not illuminate when outside of the vehicle becomes dark. (Lighting switch 1st position and 2nd position operate normally.)
q Parking lamps and headlamp will not go out when outside of the vehicle becomes light. (Lighting switch 1st position and 2nd position operate normally.)
q Headlamps go out when outside of the vehicle becomes light, but parking lamps stay on.

q Refer to LT-106, "WORK SUPPORT" . q Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" . q Refer to LT-111, "Optical sensor System Inspection" . If above systems are normal, replace BCM.

Parking lamps illuminate when outside of the vehicle becomes dark, but headlamps stay off. (Lighting switch 1st position and 2nd position operate normally.)

q Refer to LT-106, "WORK SUPPORT" . q Refer to LT-111, "Optical sensor System Inspection" . If above systems are normal, replace BCM.

Auto light adjustment system will not operate. (Lighting switch q Refer to LT-111, "Optical sensor System Inspection" .

AUTO, 1st position and 2nd position operate normally.)

If above system is normal, replace BCM.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-110

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

Trouble phenomenon

Malfunction system and reference

A

q CAN communication line inspection between BCM and combina-

Auto light adjustment system of combination meter will not operate.

tion meter. Refer to BCS-27, "CAN Communication Inspection

Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

q CAN communication line inspection between BCM and combina-

B

tion meter. Refer to BCS-27, "CAN Communication Inspection

Shut off delay feature will not operte.

Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

q Refer to BL-98, "Check Door Switch" .

C

If above system is normal, replace BCM.

Lighting Switch Inspection
1. CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

AKS007F4

D

With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure"AUTU LIGHT SW" turns ON­OFF linked with operation of lighting switch.
When lighting switch is AUTO : AUTO LIGHT SW ON position
Without CONSULT-II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .
Optical sensor System Inspection
1. CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "AUTO LIGH SENS", check difference in the voltage when the auto light sensor is illuminated and not illuminated.

Illuminated AUTO LIGH SENS Not illuminated AUTO LIGH SENS

: 3.1V or more : 0.6V or less

CAUTION: Optical sensor must be securely subjected to work lamp light. If the optical sensor is insufficiently illuminated, the measured value may not satisfy the standard.
Without CONSULT-II GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

E

F

G

H
SKIA4196E

AKS007F5

I

J

LT

L

M
SKIA5890E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-111

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

2. CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and optical sensor connector.
3. Check continuity (open circuit) between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 17 (Y/G) and optical sensor harness connector M37 terminal 1 (Y/G).

17 (Y/G) ­ 1 (Y/G)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity (short circuit) between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 17 (Y/G) and ground.

17 (Y/G) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity (open circuit) between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 14 (P) and optical sensor harness connector M37 terminal 2 (P).

14 (P) ­ 2 (P)

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity (short circuit) between BCM harness connector M36 terminal 14 (P) and ground.

14 (P) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

4. CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity (open circuit) between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 18 (B) and optical sensor harness connector M37 terminal 3 (B).

18 (B) ­ 3 (B)

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity (short circuit) between BCM harness connector M37 terminal 18 (B) and ground.

18 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5891E SKIA5892E SKIA5893E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-112

2003 FX

AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM

5. CHECK OPTICAL SENSOR VOLTAGE

1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 17 (Y/G) and ground.

17 (Y/G) ­ Ground

: Approx. 5V should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace the optical sensor. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM" .

Removal and Installation for Auto Light Sensor
REMOVAL 1. Insert a screwdriver or similar tool and remove front defroster
grill (LH). Refer to IP-15, "(V) Front Defroster Grille (LH/RH)" in "IP" section.
2. Disconnect auto light sensor connector.
3. Remove auto light sensor.

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

A

B

C

D
SKIA5894E

AKS007F6

E

F

G
H
SKIA5555E
I
J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-113

2003 FX

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL Schematic

PFP:26010
AKS007I7

Revision; 2004 April

LT-114

TKWH0337E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL Wiring Diagram -- H/AIM --

AKS007CF
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-115

TKWM0818E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL

Revision; 2004 April

LT-116

TKWM0617E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-117

TKWM0618E
2003 FX

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL
Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Remove combination meter. Refer to DI-28, "Removal and
Installation" in "DI" section. 2. Remove screws for removing headlamp aiming switch from
meter housing. 3. Remove screws and then remove headlamp aiming switch.
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
Switch Circuit Inspection
Using a circuit tester, check continuity between the headlamp aiming switch connector terminals in each operation status of the aiming switch.

AKS007CG
SKIA5556E AKS007CH
SKIA5895E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-118

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:26150
A
AKS007O5
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

PKIA2938E

System Description

AKS007CI

J

Control of the fog lamps is dependent upon the position of the combination switch (lighting switch). The lighting switch must be in the 2ND position or AUTO position (LOW beam is ON) for front fog lamp operation.When the lighting switch is placed in the fog lamp position the BCM (body control module) receives input signal LT requesting the fog lamps to illuminate. When the headlamps are illuminated, this input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) across the CAN communication lines. The central processing unit of the IPDM E/R controls the front fog lamp relay coil. When activated, this relay directs L power to the front fog lamps.

OUTLINE

Power is supplied at all times

M

q through 15A fuse [No. 88, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to front fog lamp relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 15A fuse [No. 78, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 10A fuse [No. 71, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)].

Power is also supplied at all times

q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block)

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55

q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42.

When the ignition switch is in ON or START position, power is supplied

Revision; 2004 April

LT-119

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

q to ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)] q through 15A fuse [No. 1 located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38. When the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position, power is supplied q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 11. Ground is supplied q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) terminals 38 and 60 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51.

Fog Lamp Operation The fog lamp switch is built into the combination switch. The lighting switch must be in the 2ND position or AUTO position (LOW beam is ON) and the fog lamp switch must be ON for fog lamp operation. With the fog lamp switch in the ON position, the CPU (central processing unit) of the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) grounds the coil side of the fog lamp relay. The fog lamp relay then directs power q through IPDM E/R terminal 37 q to front fog lamp LH terminal 1 q through IPDM E/R terminal 36 q to front fog lamp RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied q to front fog lamp LH terminal 2 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51, and q to front fog lamp RH terminal 2 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51. With power and grounds supplied, the front fog lamps illuminate.

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 2ND position (ON), the fog lamp switch is ON, and the ignition switch is turned from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control feature is activated. Under this condition, the fog lamps (and headlamps) remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the fog lamps (and headlamps) are turned off. Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007CJ

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-120

2003 FX

CAN Communication Unit
Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

FRONT FOG LAMP

Wagon

AKS0080V
A

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

B

A/T

VDC ×

C
×

×

×

×

×

D

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

E

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

F

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

G

×

×

×

×

×

H

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

I

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

J

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-122, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-125, "TYPE 3"

LT-128, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-131, "TYPE 6"

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-121

2003 FX

TYPE 1/TYPE2 System Diagram q Type1

FRONT FOG LAMP

q Type2

SKIA6171E

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-122

2003 FX

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

FRONT FOG LAMP

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-123

BCM
T T
T
T
T T T T T R R T T T T T R T T

ABS

actua-

A

Steer- Unified tor and Driver

ing meter electric seat IPDM

angle and A/ unit control E/R

sensor C amp. (con- unit

B

trol

unit)

C

R

R

R

D

R

R

T

T

E

T

T

R

F

G

R

T

H

R

I
R

T

R

J

T

R

R

LT

R

T

R

R

L

T

R

R

M

T

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-124

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

TYPE 3

System Diagram

A

q Type3

B

C

D

E

F

Input/output Signal Chart

SKIA6173E
G
T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

H I J

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

LT

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

L

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

R
M

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-125

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

T

High beam request signal

T

R

R

High beam status signal R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-126

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

D

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

E

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

F

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

G

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

H

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

I

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

J

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

LT

SLIP indicator lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

L

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

M

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-127

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5 System Diagram q Type4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-128

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5
Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

FRONT FOG LAMP

A

B

C

D

E

SKIA6175E

F

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

G

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

H I

unit)

R

T

R

R

J
T

R

T

R

R

T

LT

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

L

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

M

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-129

2003 FX

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

FRONT FOG LAMP

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-130

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal Hand brake switch signal

R

T

D

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

E

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

R

F

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

G

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

Manual mode indicator signal

T

T
H
R

TYPE 6

System Diagram

I

q Type6

J

LT

L

M

SKIA6176E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-131

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-132

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

D

Day time running light request signal
Turn LED burnout status signal

T

R

E

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

T

F

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

G

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

H

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

R

T
I

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

J

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

LT

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

L

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

M

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-133

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-134

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP Wiring Diagram -- F/FOG --

AKS007CL
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-135

TKWM0819E
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-136

TKWM0620E
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

11

LG/R Ignition switch (ACC)

ACC

--

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-137

AKS007XP
A
Reference value
B

C

D
SKIA5291E
E

F
SKIA5292E
G

H
SKIA5291E
I

J

SKIA5292E

LT

Battery voltage

L

M
SKIA5291E

SKIA5292E

SKIA5291E
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

Reference value

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

39

L CAN- H

--

--

40

R CAN- L

--

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

49

B Ground

ON

--

52

B Ground

ON

--

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

SKIA5292E
Battery voltage -- --
Battery voltage Approx. 0V Approx. 0V
Battery voltage

Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R

AKS007CN

Terminal No.
36
37 38 48 49 60

Wire color
W
SB B L R B

Signal name
Front fog lamp (RH)
Front fog lamp (LH)
Ground CAN- H CAN- L Ground

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

ON

Lighting switch must be in the 2ND position or AUTO position (LOW beam is ON) and the front fog lamp switch must be ON.

ON

Lighting switch must be in the 2ND position or AUTO position (LOW beam is ON) and the front fog lamp switch must be ON.

ON

--

--

--

--

--

ON

--

OFF ON OFF ON

Reference value
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
Approx. 0V -- --
Approx. 0V

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis

AKS007CO

1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. 2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-119, "System Description" . 3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-138, "Preliminary Check" . 4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction. 5. Does the front fog lamp operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4. 6. INSPECTION END

Preliminary Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

AKS007CP

q Check fuses for blown-out.
Unit
BCM
IPDM E/R

Power source
Battery
Ignition switch ON or START position Ignition switch ACC or ON position Battery

Fuse and fusible link No. M 22 1 6 88

Revision; 2004 April

LT-138

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Refer to LT-135, "Wiring Diagram -- F/FOG --" .

OK or NG

A

OK >> GO TO 2.

NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-

3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

B

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

C

2. Disconnect BCM connector.

3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

D

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ACC

ON

E

11 (LG/R)

0V

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

0V

Battery voltage

Ground

42 (L/R)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

F
G
H
I
SKIA5773E
J

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

Continuity Yes

CONSULT-II Function
Refer to LT-32, "CONSULT-II Function (BCM)" in HEAD LAMP. Refer to LT-35, "CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R)" in HEAD LAMP.

LT L M
SKIA5294E AKS007CQ

Revision; 2004 April

LT-139

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP
Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides)
1. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "FR FOG SW" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch.
When lighting switch is FOG : FR FOG SW ON position
Without CONSULT-II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .
2. FOG LAMP ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-II 1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST"
on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 2. Select "LAMPS" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 3. Touch "FOG" screen. 4. Make sure fog lamp operates.
Fog lamp should operate.
Without CONSULT-II 1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" . 2. Make sure fog lamp operates.
Fog lamp should operate.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK IPDM E/R
1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.
2. Make sure "FR FOG REQ" turns ON when lighting switch is in FOG position.
When lighting switch is FOG : FR FOG REQ ON position
OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-140

AKS007I9 SKIA5897E SKIA5774E
SKIA5898E
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

4. CHECK FOG LAMP INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect front fog lamp RH and LH connector.

B

3. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST"

on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

4. Select "TAIL LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

C

5. Touch "FOG" screen.

6. When fog lamp is operating, check voltage between front fog lamp RH and LH harness connector and ground.

D

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front fog lamp RH and LH connector.

SKIA5899E
E

3. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" .
4. When fog lamp is operating, check voltage between front fog lamp RH and LH harness connector and F ground.

Terminals
G

(+)

Voltage

(-)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E102

1 (W)

H

Ground Battery voltage

LH

E45

1 (SB)

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT

J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E8 terminal 36 (W) and front fog lamp RH harness connector E102 terminal 1 (W).

36 (W) ­ 1 (W)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E8 terminal 37 (SB) and front fog lamp LH harness connector E45 terminal 1 (SB).

37 (SB) ­ 1(SB)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

LT L M
SKIA5900E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-141

2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

6. CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND

1. Check continuity between front fog lamp RH harness connector E102 terminal 2 (B) and ground.

2 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front fog lamp LH harness connector E45 terminal 2 (B) and ground.

2 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check front fog lamp bulbs. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side)
1. CHECK BULB

Check bulb of lamp which does not illuminate. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace front fog lamp bulb.
2. CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp RH or LH connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E8 terminal 36 (W) and front fog lamp RH harness connector E102 terminal 1 (W).

36 (W) ­ 1 (W)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E8 terminal 37 (SB) and front fog lamp LH harness connector E45 terminal 1 (SB).

37 (SB) ­ 1 (SB)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND

1. Check continuity between front fog lamp RH harness connector E102 terminal 2 (B) and ground.

2 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front fog lamp LH harness connector E45 terminal 2 (B) and ground.

2 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-142

SKIA5901E AKS007IA
SKIA5900E
SKIA5901E
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Aiming Adjustment

AKS007CT

The fog lamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable halogen bulb. Before performing aiming A

adjustment, make sure of the following.

q Keep all tires inflated to correct pressure. B
q Place vehicle on level ground.

q See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack, and

tools). Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in driver seat.

C

Adjust aiming in the vertical direction by turning the adjusting screw.

D

E

1. Set the distance between the screen and the center of the fog lamp lens as shown at left.
2. Turn front fog lamps ON.

F
SKIA5557E
G
H

I

3. Adjust front fog lamps using adjusting screw so that the top edge of the high intensity zone is 100 mm (4 in) below the height of the fog lamp centers as shown at left.
q When performing adjustment, if necessary, cover the headlamps and opposite fog lamp.

MEL327G

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-143

MEL328G
2003 FX

FRONT FOG LAMP

Bulb Replacement

AKS007CU

1. Remove left side fender protector (front). Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation" , EI-14, "Removal and Installation" in "EI" section.
2. Disconnect fog lamp connector.
3. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.

Fog lamp

: 12 V - 51 W (HB4 halogen)

CAUTION: q Do not touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep
grease and other oily matters away from it. Do not touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned off. Burning may result.

SKIA5558E

q Do not leave bulb out of fog lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. May affect the performance of fog lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and
Installation" in "EI" section.
2. Remove fog lamp mounting bolt.
3. Pull out fog lamp from vehicle and disconnect fog lamp connector.

AKS007CV

INSTALLATION q Install fog lamp in the reverse order of removal, observing the tightening torque shown below.

Fog lamp mounting bolt

: 5.5 N·m (0.56 kg-m, 49 in-lb)

SKIA5559E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-144

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

System Description
OUTLINE Power is supplied at all times q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block) q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55 q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42 q through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 1 q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter terminal 8.
TURN SIGNAL OPERATION When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position, power is supplied q through 15A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38 q through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter terminal 7. Ground is supplied q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 7 q through grounds E21, E50 and E51 q to combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15

Revision; 2004 April

LT-145

PFP:26120
A
AKS007O6
B

C

D

E

F

G H

I

PKIA2921E

AKS007CW

J

LT

L

M

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85.
LH Turn When the turn signal switch is moved to the left position, BCM output turn signal from BCM terminal 45, interpreting it as turn signal is ON. Connected from BCM (body control module) terminal 45 to front combination lamp LH terminal 4. Turn signal lamp turns on q through front combination lamp LH terminal 8 q to ground E21, E50 and E51. Connected form BCM terminal 45 to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 4. Rear turn signal (LED) turns on q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 11 q to rear combination lamp LH terminal 3 q through rear combination lamp LH terminal 4 q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 10. BCM sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. through CAN communication lines, and turns on turn signal indicator lamp with combination meter. When rear turn signal lamp (LED) does not turn on, rear combination lamp control unit sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. Unified meter and A/C amp. sends LED burnout status signal to BCM through CAN communication lines for speeding up turn signal blinking.
RH Turn When the turn signal switch is moved to the right position, BCM output turn signal from BCM terminal 46, interpreting it as turn signal is ON. Connected from BCM terminal 46 to front combination lamp RH terminal 4. Turn signal lamp turns on q through front combination lamp RH terminal 8 q to ground E21, E50 and E51. Connected form BCM terminal 46 to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 5. Rear turn signal (LED) turns on q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 9 q to rear combination lamp RH terminal 3 q through rear combination lamp RH terminal 4 q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 8. BCM sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. through CAN communication lines, and turns on turn signal indicator lamp with combination meter. When rear turn signal lamp (LED) does not turn on, rear combination lamp control unit sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. Unified meter and A/C amp. sends LED burnout status signal to BCM through CAN communication lines for speeding up turn signal blinking.
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION Power is supplied at all times q through 50A fusible link [letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55 q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter terminal 8 q through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 1. Ground is supplied q through BCM terminals 49 and 52 q to grounds M35, M45 and M85 q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 7 q to grounds E21, E50 and E51 q through combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15

Revision; 2004 April

LT-146

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

q to grounds M35, M45 and M85.

When the hazard switch is depressed, ground is supplied

A

q through BCM terminal 29

q to hazard switch terminal 2

q through hazard switch terminal 1

B

q to grounds M35, M45 and M85.

When the hazard switch is depressed, BCM output turn signal from BCM terminals 45 and 46, interpreting it as turn signal is ON.

C

Connected from BCM terminals 45 and 46 to front combination lamp terminal 4.

Turn signal lamp turns on

q through front combination lamp terminal 8

D

q to ground E21, E50 and E51.

Connected form BCM terminals 45 and 46 to rear combination lamp control unit terminals 4 and 5. Rear turn signal (LED) turns on

E

q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 11

q to rear combination lamp LH terminal 3

F

q through rear combination lamp LH terminal 4

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 10

q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 9

G

q to rear combination lamp RH terminal 3

q through rear combination lamp RH terminal 4

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 8.

H

BCM sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. through CAN communication lines, and turns on turn signal indicator lamp with combination meter. When rear turn signal lamp (LED) does not turn on, rear combination lamp control unit sends signal to unified I meter and A/C amp. Unified meter and A/C amp. sends LED burnout status signal to BCM through CAN communication lines for speeding up turn signal blinking.

REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION

J

Power is supplied at all times

q through 50A fusible link [letter M, located in the fuse and fusible link block]

q to BCM terminal 55

LT

q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to combination meter terminal 8

L

q through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 1.

Ground is supplied

M

q to BCM terminals 49 and 52

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 7

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to combination meter terminals 5, 6 and 15

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85.

When the remote control entry system is triggered by input from the key fob, BCM output turn signal from BCM terminals 45 and 46, interpreting it as turn signal is ON. Connected from BCM terminals 45 and 46 to front combination lamp terminal 4. Turn signal lamp turns on

q through front combination lamp terminal 8

q to grounds E21, E50 and E51.

Connected form BCM terminal 45 and 46 to rear combination lamp control unit terminals 4 and 5. Rear turn signal (LED) turns on

q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 11

Revision; 2004 April

LT-147

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

q to rear combination lamp LH terminal 3 q through rear combination lamp LH terminal 4 q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 10 q through rear combination lamp control unit terminal 9 q to rear combination lamp RH terminal 3 q through rear combination lamp RH terminal 4 q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 8. BCM sends signal to unified meter and A/C amp. through CAN communication lines, and turns on turn signal indicator lamp with combination meter. With power and input supplied, the BCM controls the flashing of the hazard warning lamps when keyfob is used to activate the remote control entry system.

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007CX

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

AKS0080W

Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit

2WD VQ35DE

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Wagon
A/T VDC × × × × ×

AWD VQ35DE/VK45DE

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Revision; 2004 April

LT-148

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable
TYPE 1/TYPE2 System Diagram q Type1

Wagon

2WD

A
AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

A/T

B

VDC

×

×

×

×

C

×

×

×

×

×

×

D

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

×

×

×

×

E

LT-149, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-152, "TYPE 3"

LT-155, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-158, "TYPE 6"

F

G

H

I

J

LT

q Type2

L
SKIA6171E
M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-149

SKIA6172E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal
Revision; 2004 April

ECM
T T T R T T T T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R
R
R

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

T

T

R

R

T

T

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

LT-150

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM

TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol

unit)

Door switch signal

R

T

R

R

R

C

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

D

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal Buzzer output signal

R

T

R

T

R

T
E

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

F

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request Front wiper request signal

T

R

T

G
R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

T

R

H

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

Theft warning horn request signal

T

T

I

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

J

ABS warning lamp signal

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

LT

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

L

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

R

T

M

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-151

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
TYPE 3 System Diagram q Type3

SKIA6173E

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-152

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

D

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

E

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

T

F

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

G

T A/C control signal
R

R

T

H

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

I

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

R

T
J
R

High beam status signal R

T
LT

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

L

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

M

R

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-153

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-154

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

ICC system display signal

T

Current gear position signal

T

R

R
D
R

Steering switch signal

T

R

E

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

F

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R
G
R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

H

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

I

Manual mode shift up signal

R

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T
J
T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

LT

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5

L

System Diagram

q Type4

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-155

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6175E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-156

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

R

T

T

R

D

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

E

T

R

R

T

F

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

G

T

R

R

T

H

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

I

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

J

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T LT

T

R

R

T

L

R

T

T

R

M

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-157

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

TYPE 6 System Diagram q Type6

Revision; 2004 April

LT-158

SKIA6176E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive A

Signals A/T self-diagnosis signal

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

B C

R

T

D

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

E

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

F

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

P range signal

T

T R

R

R

G

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

H

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

I

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

J

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

R

R

R
LT
R
L

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

M

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-159

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-160

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

R

D

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

E

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal
Door lock/unlock request signal

R

R

T

F

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

G

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

H

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

I

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal ICC warning lamp signal

R

T

J

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

LT

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

L

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

M
R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-161

2003 FX

Schematic

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

AKS007CZ

Revision; 2004 April

LT-162

TKWM0621E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS Wiring Diagram -- TURN --

AKS007D0
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-163

TKWM0820E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Revision; 2004 April

LT-164

TKWM0623E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-165

TKWM0624E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

AKS007IB
Reference value

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5292E

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

11

LG/R Ignition switch (ACC)

29

G/Y Hazard switch signal

ACC

--

OFF Hazard switch

ON OFF

SKIA5291E
SKIA5292E
Battery voltage Approx. 0V Approx. 5V

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5292E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-166

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

39

L CAN-H

--

--

40

R CAN-L

--

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

45

G/W Turn signal (left)

ON

Combination switch

Turn left ON

Reference value

A

B

C
SKIA5291E
D

E

SKIA5292E

F

Battery voltage

--

--

G

Battery voltage

H

I
SKIA3009J
J

46

BR/W Turn signal (right)

ON

Combination switch

Turn right ON

LT

49

B Ground

ON

--

SKIA3009J

L

Approx. 0V

52

B Ground

ON

--

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

Approx. 0V

Battery voltage

M

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis

AKS007D2

1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.

2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-145, "System Description" .

3. Perform preliminary check. Refer to LT-168, "Preliminary Check" .

4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction.

5. Do turn signal and hazard warning lamps operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4.

6. INSPECTION END

Revision; 2004 April

LT-167

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Preliminary Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

AKS007D3

q Check fuses for blown-out.

Unit

Power source

Fuse and fusible link No.

M

Battery

22

BCM

Ignition switch ON or START position

1

Ignition switch ACC or ON position

6

Rear combination lamp control unit

Battery

20

Refer to LT-163, "Wiring Diagram -- TURN --" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ACC

ON

11 (LG/R)

0V

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

0V

Battery voltage

Ground

42 (L/R)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

Continuity Yes

SKIA5773E SKIA5294E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-168

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

CONSULT-II Function
CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

AKS007D4
A

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

FLASHER

DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST

Displays BCM input data in real time.

B

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal to them.

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION

C

CAUTION:

If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be

detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

D

1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CON-

SULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn igni-

tion switch ON.

E

F

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

G
PBIB1503E
H

I

J

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, go to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SKIA3098E

LT

L

M

4. Touch "HEAD LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

SKIA5036E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-169

SKIA5307E
2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

DATA MONITOR Operation Procedure 1. Touch "FLASHER" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on the "DATA MONITOR" screen.

All signals

Monitors all the signals.

Selection from menu

Selects and monitors the individual signal.

4. Touch "START".
5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch items to be monitored. When "ALL SIGNALS" is selected, all the items will be monitored.
6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

Display Item List

Monitor item

Contents

IGN ON SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.

HAZARD SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Hazard ON (ON)/Hazard OFF (OFF)" status, determined from hazard switch signal.

TURN SIGNAL R "ON/OFF" Displays "Turn right (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

TURN SIGNAL L "ON/OFF" Displays "Turn left (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

BRAKE SWNOTE

"OFF"

--

NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot monitor it.

ACTIVE TEST Operation Procedure 1. Touch "FLASHER" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch item to be tested and check operation of the selected item. 4. During the operation check, touching "BACK" deactivates the operation.

Display Item List

Test item FLASHER (RIGHT) FLASHER (LEFT)

Description Turn signal lamp (right) can be operated by any ON-OFF operations. Turn signal lamp (left) can be operated by any ON-OFF operations.

Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate
1. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

AKS007D5

With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "FLASHER" data monitor, make sure "TURN SIGNAL R" and "TURN SIGNAL L" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch.

When lighting switch is TURN RH position

: TURN SIGNAL R ON

When lighting switch is TURN LH position

: TURN SIGNAL L ON

Without CONSULT -II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" .

SKIA4499E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-170

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

2. ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-II 1. Select "FLASHER" during active test. Refer to LT-170, "ACTIVE
TEST" . 2. Make sure "FLASHER RIGHT" and "FLASHER LEFT" operate.
Without CONSULT -II GO TO 3. OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMPS CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and front combination lamp LH and RH connectors.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 45 (G/W) and front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 4 (G).

45 (G/W) ­ 4 (G)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 46 (BR/W) and front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 4 (PU).

46 (BR/W) ­ 4 (PU)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

4. CHECK GROUND

1. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 8 (B) and ground.

8 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 8 (B) and ground.

8 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

A

B

C

D
SKIA6190E
E

F

G H

SKIA5904E

I

J

LT

L

M

SKIA5905E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-171

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

5. CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMPS SHORT CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp unit connector.
2. Check continuity (short circuit) between front combination lamp LH harness connector E44 terminal 4 (G) and ground.

4 (G) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

3. Check continuity (short circuit) between front combination lamp RH harness connector E24 terminal 4 (PU) and ground.

4 (G) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

6. CHECK BULB

SKIA5906E

Check bulb of each turn signal lamp.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> Replace turn signal lamp bulb.

Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate
1. CHECK TAIL LAMPS AND STOP LAMPS

AKS007IF

Make sure tail lamps and stop lamps are illuminated. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMPS CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 45 (G/W) and rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 4 (OR).

45 (G/W) ­ 4 (OR)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 46 (BR/W) and rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 5 (PU).

46 (BR/W) ­ 5 (PU)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear combination lamp control unit. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5909E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-172

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp control unit connector.
2. Check voltage between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 1 (GY) and ground.

1 (GY) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

A B C D
SKIA5907E
E F G

H

5. CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMPS CIRCUIT

SKIA5908E
I

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp RH and LH connector.

2. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

J

harness connector B65 terminal 11 (W) and rear combination

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 3 (W).

11 (W) ­ 3 (W)

: Continuity should exist.

LT

3. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

harness connector B65 terminal 10 (BR) and rear combination

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 4 (BR).

L

10 (BR) ­ 4 (BR)

: Continuity should exist.

SKIA5910E

4. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

M

harness connector B65 terminal 9 (LG) and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 3

(LG).

9 (LG) ­ 3 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

5. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 8 (Y) and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 4 (Y).

8 (Y) ­ 4 (Y)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear combination lamp control unit or rear combination lamp, and then check if turn signal lamps are illuminated.
NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-173

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operates
1. CHECK BULB
Check bulb of each turn signal lamp. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace bulb.
2. CHECK HAZARD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "FLASHER" data monitor to make sure "HAZARD SW" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of hazard switch.
When hazard switch is ON : HAZARD SW ON position

AKS007D6

Without CONSULT -II Check voltage between BCM harness connector M3 terminal 29 (G/ Y) and ground.

Terminals

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

Condition

Voltage

Hazard switch is ON.

Approx. 0V

M3

29 (G/Y) Ground

Hazard switch is OFF.

Approx. 5V

OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HAZARD SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM connector and hazard switch connector.
3. Check continuity BCM harness connector M3 terminal 29 (G/Y) and hazard switch harness connector M51 terminal 2 (G/Y).

29 (G/Y) ­ 2 (G/Y)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA4500E SKIA5911E SKIA5912E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-174

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS

4. CHECK GROUND

Check continuity hazard switch harness connector M51 terminal 1 (B) and ground.

1 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

5. CHECK HAZARD SWITCH

1. Disconnect hazard switch connector. 2. Check continuity hazard switch.

Terminal Hazard switch

Condition

Continuity

Hazard switch is ON.

Yes

1

2

Hazard switch is OFF.

No

OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> Replace hazard switch.

Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate
1. CHECK BULB

Check bulb of turn signal indicator lamp in combination meter. OK or NG
OK >> Replace combination meter. NG >> Replace indicator bulb.
Bulb Replacement (Front Turn Signal Lamp)
Refer to LT-48, "Bulb Replacement" in "HEADLAMP -XENON TYPE-".
Bulb Replacement (Rear Turn Signal Lamp)
Refer to LT-229, "Bulb Replacement" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".
Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp
Refer to LT-49, "Removal and Installation" in "HEADLAMP -XENON TYPE-".
Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp
Refer to LT-229, "Removal and Installation" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

A
B
C
D
SKIA5913E
E
F
G
H
SKIA5914E
I
AKS007D7
J
LT
L
AKS007D8
M
AKS007D9
AKS007DA
AKS007DB

Revision; 2004 April

LT-175

2003 FX

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit
REMOVAL 1. Remove luggage side finisher assembly (left). Refer toEI-44,
"Removal and Installation" in "EI" section. 2. Remove nuts (2), and remove rear combination lamp control
unit.

AKS007NX

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

SKIA6185E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-176

2003 FX

LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Remove steering column cover. Refer to IP-13, "(L) Steering
Column Front Lower Cover" , IP-13, "(M) Steering Column Lower Cover" in "IP" section. 2. While pressing pawls in direction as shown in the figure, pull lighting and turn signal switch toward driver door and disconnect from the base.
INSTALLATION Installation in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:25540
A
AKS007DC
B

C

D

SKIA5560E

E

F

G H

I J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-177

2003 FX

HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Remove A/T console finisher. Refer to IP-12, "(F) A/T Console
Finisher" in "IP" section. 2. Disconnect hazard switch connector. 3. Remove screws and remove ashtray assembly from A/T con-
sole finisher. 4. Press pawl on reverse side and remove the hazard switch.
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:25290
AKS007DD
SKIA5561E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-178

2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH
COMBINATION SWITCH Wiring Diagram -- COMBSW --

PFP:25567
A
AKS007G4
B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-179

TKWM0814E
2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH

Combination Switch Reading Function

For details, refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" in "BCS" section.

CONSULT-II Function

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

Combination switch

DATA MONITOR

Displays BCM input data in real time.

AKS007G5 AKS007G6

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION
CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn ignition switch ON.

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PBIB1503E

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SKIA3098E SKIA5036E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-180

2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH
4. Touch "COMB SW". A

B

C

DATA MONITOR Operation Procedure 1. Touch "COMB SW" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on "DATA MONITOR" screen.

SKIA5307E
D
E

ALL SIGNALS

Monitors all the signals.

F

SELECTION FROM MENU Selects and monitors individual signal.

4. Touch "START".

G

5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch items to be monitored. When "ALL SIGNALS" is

selected, all the signals will be monitored.

6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop H recording, touch "STOP".

Display Item List
Monitor item name "OPERATION OR UNIT"

I
Contents

TURN SIGNAL R "ON/OFF" Displays "Turn Right (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.
J
TURN SIGNAL L "ON/OFF" Displays "Turn Left (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

HI BEAM SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting switch signal.

LT

HEAD LAMP SW 1 "ON/OFF" Displays "Headlamp switch 1 (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

HEAD LAMP SW 2

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal.

L

LIGHT SW 1ST

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting switch signal.

PASSING SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting switch signal.

M

AUTO LIGHT SW "ON/OFF" Displays "Auto light switch (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

FR FOG SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Front fog lamp switch (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lighting switch signal.

FR WIPER HI

"ON/OFF" Displays "Front Wiper HI (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from wiper switch signal.

FR WIPER LOW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Front Wiper LOW (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from wiper switch signal.

FR WIPER INT

"ON/OFF" Displays "Front Wiper INT (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from wiper switch signal.

FR WASHER SW "ON/OFF" Displays "Front Washer Switch (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from wiper switch signal.

INT VOLUME

[1 - 7] Displays intermittent operation knob setting (1 - 7), determined from wiper switch signal.

RR WIPER ON

"ON/OFF" Displays "rear Wiper (ON)/Other (OFF)" status as judged from wiper switch signal.

RR WIPER INT

"ON/OFF" Displays "rear Wiper INT (ON)/Other (OFF)" status as judged from wiper switch signal.

RR WASHER SW "ON/OFF" Displays "rear Washer Switch (ON)/Other (OFF)" status as judged from wiper switch signal.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-181

2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH

Combination Switch Inspection
1. SYSTEM CHECK

Referring to table below, check which system malfunctioning switch belongs to.

System 1

System 2

System 3

System 4

--

FR WASHER

FR WIPER LO

TURN LH

FR WIPER HI

--

FR WIPER INT

PASSING

INT VOLUME 1

RR WASHER

--

HEAD LAMP2

RR WIPER INT

INT VOLUME 3

AUTO LIGHT

--

INT VOLUME 2

RR WIPER ON

--

FR FOG

AKS007G7
System 5 TURN RH HEAD LAMP1 HI BEAM LIGHT SW 1ST
--

>> Check the system to which malfunctioning switch belongs, and GO TO 2.
2. SYSTEM CHECK
With CONSULT-II CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication. 1. Connect CONSULT-II, and select "COMB SW" on "SELECT
TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Select "DATA MONITOR". 3. Select "START", and confirm that other switches in malfunction-
ing system operate normally. Example: When auto light switch is malfunctioning, confirm that "FRONT WIPER LOW" and "FRONT WIPER INT" in System 3, to which the auto light switch belongs, turn ON-OFF normally.

SKIA7075E
Without CONSULT-II Operating combination switch, and confirm that other switches in malfunctioning system operate normally. Example: When auto light switch is malfunctioning, confirm that FRONT WIPER LOW and FRONT WIPER INT in System 3, to which the auto light switch belongs, operate normally. Check results
Other switches in malfunctioning system operate normally.>>Replace lighting switch or wiper switch. Other switches in malfunctioning system do not operate normally.>>GO TO 3.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-182

2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH

3. HARNESS INSPECTION A

1. Disconnect BCM and combination switch connectors.

2. Check for continuity between BCM harness connector of the suspect system and the corresponding com-

bination switch connector terminals.

B

Terminals

Suspect

BCM

Combination switch Continuity

C

system Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Input 1 6 (SB)

6 (SB)

D

1

Output 1 36 (W/R)

1 (W/R)

Input 2 5 (Y/R)

7 (Y/R)

2

Output 2 35 (W/G)

2 (W/G)

Input 3 4 (PU/W)

10 (PU/W)

3

M3

M17

Yes

Output 3 34 (W/B)

3 (W/B)

Input 4 3 (L/B) 4
Output 4 33 (G)

9 (L/B) 4 (G)

Input 5 2 (GY)

8 (GY)

5

Output 5 32 (GY/R)

5 (GY/R)

E
SKIA4975E
F
G

3. Check for continuity between each terminal of BCM harness connector in suspect malfunctioning system H and ground.

Terminals

Suspect system

BCM

Continuity

I

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Input 1

6 (SB)

1

J

Output 1

36 (W/R)

Input 2

5 (Y/R)

2

Output 2

35 (W/G)

LT

Input 3

4 (PU/W)

3

M3

Ground

No

Output 3

34 (W/B)

L

Input 4

3 (L/B)

4

Output 4

33 (G)

Input 5

2 (GY)

M

5

Output 5

32 (GY/R)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check harness between BCM and combination switch for open or short circuit.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-183

2003 FX

COMBINATION SWITCH

4. BCM OUTPUT TERMINAL INSPECTION

1. Turn lighting switch and wiper switch into OFF.
2. Set wiper dial position 4.
3. Connect BCM and combination switch connectors, and check BCM output terminal voltage waveform of suspect malfunctioning system.

Terminals

Suspect system

Combination switch (+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

1

1 (W/R)

2

2 (W/G)

3

M17

3 (W/B)

4

4 (G)

5

5 (GY/R)

OK or NG
OK >> Open circuit in combination switch, GO TO 5. NG >> Replace BCM.

5. COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION

SKIA4976E

Referring to table below, perform combination switch inspection.

1
Replace lighting switch.

2
Confirm check results.

Procedure

3

4

5

6

OK INSPECTION END Confirm OK INSPECTION END Confirm OK

NG

Replace wiper switch.

check results.

NG

Replace switch base.

check results. NG

7
INSPECTION END
Confirm symptom again.

>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
For details, refer to LT-177, "LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH" .

AKS007G8

Revision; 2004 April

LT-184

2003 FX

STOP LAMP
STOP LAMP Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:26550
A
AKS007IG
B

C

D

PKIA2924E

System Description

AKS007IH

E

The current that flows by rear combination lamp unit is controlled, and a stop lamp (LED) is made to turn on.

F

G

H

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-185

2003 FX

STOP LAMP

Schematic

AKS007II

Revision; 2004 April

LT-186

TKWM0625E
2003 FX

Wiring Diagram -- STOP/L --

STOP LAMP

AKS007DL
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-187

TKWM0626E
2003 FX

STOP LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-188

TKWM0627E
2003 FX

STOP LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-189

A B C D E F G H I J LT L M
TKWM0628E
2003 FX

STOP LAMP

Stop Lamp Does Not Operate
1. CHECK TAIL LANP AND TURN SIGNAL LAMP
Make sure tail lamps and turn signal lamps are illuminated. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 6.
2. CHECK FUSE

AKS007IJ

Check fuse No. 20 is blow out. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> If fuse is blow out, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

Check voltage between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 3 (P) and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

Condition

Voltage

Stop lamp switch is ON. Battery voltage

B65

3 (P)

Ground

Stop lamp switch is OFF. Approx. 0

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear combination lamp control unit. NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
E210 terminal 1 (GY) and ground.
1 (GY) ­ Ground : Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

SKIA5944E SKIA5945E

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E210 terminal 2 (P) and rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 3 (P).

2 (P) ­ 3 (P)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace stop lamp switch. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

SKIA5946E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-190

2003 FX

STOP LAMP

6. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect rear combination lamp control unit connector. 2. Check voltage between rear combination lamp control unit har-
ness connector B65 terminal 1 (GY) and ground.
1 (GY) ­ Ground : Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

A B C D
SKIA5907E
E F G

H

8. CHECK STPO LAMPS CIRCUIT

SKIA5908E
I

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp RH and LH connector.

2. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

J

harness connector B65 terminal 11 (W) and rear combination

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 3 (W).

11 (W) ­ 3 (W)

: Continuity should exist.

LT

3. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

harness connector B65 terminal 10 (BR) and rear combination

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 4 (BR).

L

10 (BR) ­ 4 (BR) : Continuity should exist.

SKIA5910E

4. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

M

harness connector B65 terminal 9 (LG) and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 3

(LG).

9 (LG) ­ 3 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

5. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 8 (Y) and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 4 (Y).

8 (Y) ­ 4 (Y)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear combination lamp control unit or rear combination lamp, and then check if turn signal lamps are illuminated.
NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-191

2003 FX

STOP LAMP

High-Mounted Stop Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove cap from back door finisher and remove nuts.Refer to
EI-46, "Removal and Installation" in "EI" section.
2. Disconnect high-mounted stop lamp connector.
3. Remove washer tube from high-mounted stop lamp, and remove high-mounted stop lamp from the rear air spoiler.
4. Remove seal packing from the rear air spoiler.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

AKS007DM

High-mounted stop lamp : LED

CAUTION: Seal packing cannot be reused.

SKIA5562E

Stop Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT
Refer to LT-229, "Bulb Replacement" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

AKS007DN

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Refer to LT-229, "Removal and Installation" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AKS007NY

Refer to LT-176, "Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit" in "TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS".

Revision; 2004 April

LT-192

2003 FX

STEP LAMP

STEP LAMP

Front Door Step Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove door finisher. Refer to EI-35, "Removal and Installation"
in "EI" section.
2. Insert a screwdriver in lens and remove lens.
3. Remove bulb.

Step lamp

: 12V - 5W

4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Rear Door Step Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove door finisher. Refer to EI-35, "Removal and Installation"
in "EI" section.
2. Insert a screwdriver in lens and remove lens.
3. Remove bulb.

Step lamp

: 12V - 5W

4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:26420
A
AKS007DO
B

C

D

SKIA5564E

E

AKS007DP

F

G H

SKIA5565E

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-193

2003 FX

BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP Wiring Diagram -- BACK/L --

PFP:26550
AKS007DQ

Revision; 2004 April

LT-194

TKWM0629E
2003 FX

BACK-UP LAMP
Bulb Replacement
Refer to LT-229, "Bulb Replacement" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".
Removal and Installation
Refer to LT-229, "Removal and Installation" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

AKS007DR
A
AKS007DS
B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-195

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:26550
AKS007O7

PKIA2922E

System Description

AKS007DT

Control of the parking, license plate, and tail lamp operation is dependent upon the position of the lighting switch (combination switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 1ST position, the BCM (body control module) receives input signal requesting the parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) across the CAN communication lines. CPU (central processing unit) of the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, directs power to the parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps, which then illuminate. The current that flows by rear combination lamp unit is controlled, and a tail lamp (LED) is made to turn on. Power is supplied at all times
q through 10A fuse [No. 71, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to tail lamp relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q through 15A fuse [No. 78, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]
q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)].
Power is also supplied at all times
q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block)
q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55
q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]
q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42
q through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)]
q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 1.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
q through 15A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)]
q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38

Revision; 2004 April

LT-196

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

q through ignition relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine A room)].

With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied

q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)]

B

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 11.

Ground is supplied

q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52

C

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85

q to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) terminals 38 and 60

D

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 7

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51.

E

OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH

With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position (or if the auto light system is activated), the BCM receives input signal requesting the parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is F communicated to the IPDM E/R across the CAN communication lines. The CPU in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil, which when energized, directs power

q through IPDM E/R terminal 22

G

q to front side marker lamp LH terminal 1

q to clearance lamp LH terminal 2

q to license plate lamp LH terminal 1

H

q to rear combination lamp LH terminal 1

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 2

I

q to front side marker lamp RH terminal 1

q to clearance lamp RH terminal 2

q to license plate lamp RH terminal 1

J

q to rear combination lamp RH terminal 1.

Ground is supplied at all times

q to front side marker lamp LH terminal 2

LT

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to clearance lamp LH terminal 3 L
q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to license plate lamp LH terminal 2

q through grounds B15 and B45

M

q to rear combination lamp LH terminal 2

q through grounds B15 and B45

q to front side marker lamp RH terminal 2

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to clearance lamp RH terminal 3

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51

q to license plate lamp RH terminal 2

q through grounds B15 and B45

q to rear combination lamp RH terminal 2

q through grounds B15 and B45

q to rear combination lamp control unit terminal 7

q through grounds E21, E50 and E51.

With power and ground supplied, the parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps illuminate.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-197

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to BCS-3, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION" .

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 1ST (or 2ND) position, and the ignition switch is turned from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control feature is activated. Under this condition, the parking, license, side marker and tail lamps remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps are turned off. Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007DU

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

AKS0080X

Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

Wagon

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

A/T

VDC

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-199, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-202, "TYPE 3"

LT-205, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-208, "TYPE 6"

Revision; 2004 April

LT-198

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

TYPE 1/TYPE2

System Diagram

A

q Type1

B

C

D

E

q Type2

F
SKIA6171E
G

H

I

J

LT

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

L
SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive M

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-199

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-200

BCM
T T
T
T
T T T T T R R T T T T T R T T

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

T

T

R

R T R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM

TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

C

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

Front wiper stop position signal

R

R
D
T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

Hood switch signal

R

R

R

T

E

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

Horn chirp signal

T

R

R

F

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

G

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

R

T

H

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

I

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

J

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T
LT
T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

L

Hand brake switch

R

T

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-201

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
TYPE 3 System Diagram q Type3

SKIA6173E

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-202

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

D

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

E

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

T

F

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

G

T A/C control signal
R

R

T

H

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

I

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

R

T
J
R

High beam status signal R

T
LT

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

L

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

M

R

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-203

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-204

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

ICC system display signal

T

Current gear position signal

T

R

R
D
R

Steering switch signal

T

R

E

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

F

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R
G
R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

H

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

I

Manual mode shift up signal

R

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T
J
T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

LT

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5

L

System Diagram

q Type4

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-205

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6175E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-206

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

R

T

T

R

D

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

E

T

R

R

T

F

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

G

T

R

R

T

H

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

I

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

J

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T LT

T

R

R

T

L

R

T

T

R

M

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-207

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

TYPE 6 System Diagram q Type6

Revision; 2004 April

LT-208

SKIA6176E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive A

Signals A/T self-diagnosis signal

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

B C

R

T

D

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

E

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

F

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

P range signal

T

T R

R

R

G

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

H

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

I

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

J

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

R

R

R
LT
R
L

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

M

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-209

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-210

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

R

D

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

E

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal
Door lock/unlock request signal

R

R

T

F

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

G

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

H

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

I

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal ICC warning lamp signal

R

T

J

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

LT

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

L

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

M
R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-211

2003 FX

Schematic

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

AKS007DW

Revision; 2004 April

LT-212

TKWM0630E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS Wiring Diagram -- TAIL/L --

AKS007DX
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-213

TKWM0821E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Revision; 2004 April

LT-214

TKWM0632E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-215

TKWM0633E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Revision; 2004 April

LT-216

TKWM0634E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-217

TKWM0635E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

Measuring condition

Ignition switch

Operation or condition

AKS007XQ
Reference value

2

GY Combination switch input 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

3

L/B Combination switch input 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5292E

4

PU/W Combination switch input 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

5

Y/R Combination switch input 2

6

SB Combination switch input 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

11

LG/R Ignition switch (ACC)

ACC

--

SKIA5291E
SKIA5292E
Battery voltage

32

GY/R Combination switch output 5

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5291E

33

G Combination switch output 4

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

SKIA5292E

34

W/B Combination switch output 3

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-218

SKIA5291E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Terminal Wire

No.

color

Signal name

35

W/G Combination switch output 2

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

36

W/R Combination switch output 1

ON

Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4

Reference value

A

B

C

38

W/L Ignition switch (ON)

ON

--

39

L CAN- H

--

--

40

R CAN- L

--

--

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

49

B Ground

ON

--

52

B Ground

ON

--

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

SKIA5292E

Battery voltage

D

--

--
E
Battery voltage

Approx. 0V

Approx. 0V

F

Battery voltage

Terminals and Reference Values for IPDM E/R

Terminal No.

Wire color

Signal name

Ignition switch

Measuring condition Operation or condition

AKS007IM

G

Reference value
H

22

R

Parking, license, and tail lamp

ON

Lighting switch 1ST position

OFF ON

38

B

Ground

ON

--

48

L

CAN- H

--

--

49

R

CAN- L

--

--

60

B

Ground

ON

--

Approx. 0V

Battery voltage
I
Approx. 0V

--

--

J

Approx. 0V

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis
1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.

LT AKS007E0

2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-196, "System Description" .

3. Carry out the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-219, "Preliminary Check" .

L

4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction.

5. Do the parking, license and tail lamps operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4.

6. INSPECTION END

M

Preliminary Check
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

AKS007E1

q Check fuses for blown-out.
Unit
BCM
IPDM E/R Rear combination lamp control unit

Power source Battery
Ignition switch ON or START position Ignition switch ACC or ON position Battery Battery

Fuse and fusible link No. M 22 1 6 71 78 20

Revision; 2004 April

LT-219

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Refer to LT-213, "Wiring Diagram -- TAIL/L --" .
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. 3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(-)

OFF

ACC

ON

11 (LG/R)

0V

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

0V

Battery voltage

Ground

42 (L/R)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and
fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

SKIA5773E

Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check ground circuit harness.

Continuity Yes

CONSULT-II Function
Refer to LT-32, "CONSULT-II Function (BCM)" in HEAD LAMP. Refer to LT-35, "CONSULT-II Functions (IPDM E/R)" in HEAD LAMP.

SKIA5294E AKS007E2

Revision; 2004 April

LT-220

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS
Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate
1. CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "HEAD LAMP" data monitor, make sure "LIGHT SW 1 ST" turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch.
When lighting switch is 1ST : LIGHT SW 1 ST ON position
Without CONSULT-II Refer to LT-182, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check lighting switch. Refer to LT-182, "Combination
Switch Inspection" .
2. ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-II 1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST"
on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 2. Select "TAIL LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 3. Touch "ON" screen. 4. Make sure parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps
operate.
Parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps should operate.
Without CONSULT-II 1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" . 2. Make sure parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps operate.
Parking, license plate, side marker and tail lamps should operate.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK IPDM E/R
1. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.
2. Make sure "TAIL & CLR REQ" turns ON when lighting switch is in 1ST position.
When lighting switch is 1ST : TAIL & CLR REQ ON position
OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-221

AKS007IO
A

B

C

D

SKIA5956E

E

F

G H

I

SKIA5957E

J

LT

L

M

SKIA5958E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front side marker, clearance lamp, license plate lamp and rear combination lamp connectors. 3. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-II. and select "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 4. Select "TAIL LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 5. Touch "ON" screen. 6. When tail lamp is operating, check voltage between front side marker lamp, clearance lamp, license plate
lamp, rear combination lamp harness connector and ground.
Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH and LH connector. 3. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-39, "Auto Active Test" . 4. When tail lamp is operating, check voltage between front side marker lamp, clearance lamp, license plate
lamp, rear combination lamp harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Front side marker lamp (+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E22

LH

E42

1 (R)

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

Terminals

Clearance lamp (+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E23

LH

E43

2 (R)

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

SKIA5959E

Terminals

License plate lamp (+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

D111

LH

D110

1 (R)

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

SKIA5960E

SKIA5961E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-222

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Terminals

Rear combination lamp (+) (Side marker)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

B77

LH

B57

1 (R)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

(-) Ground

Voltage Battery voltage

A B C
SKIA5962E
D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-223

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

5. CHECK PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front side marker lamp harness connector.

Terminals

IPDM E/R

Front side marker lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH E22

E7

22 (R)

1 (R)

LH E42

Continuity Yes

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and clearance lamp harness connector.

Terminals

IPDM E/R

Clearance lamp (Parking)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH E23

E7

22 (R)

2 (R)

LH E43

Continuity Yes

5. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and license plate lamp harness connector.

Terminals

IPDM E/R

License plate lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH D111

E7

22 (R)

1 (R)

LH D110

Continuity Yes

6. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and rear combination lamp harness connector.

Terminals

IPDM E/R

Rear combination lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH B77

E7

22 (R)

1 (R)

LH B57

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Continuity Yes

SKIA5963E SKIA5964E SKIA5965E SKIA5966E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-224

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

6. CHECK GROUND

1. Check continuity between front side maker lamp harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Front side marker lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E22

LH

E42

2 (B)

Ground

Continuity Yes

2. Check continuity between clearance lamp harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Clearance lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

E23

LH

E43

3 (B)

Ground

Continuity Yes

3. Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector and ground.

Terminals

License plate lamp

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

RH

D111

LH

D110

2 (B)

Ground

Continuity Yes

4. Check continuity between rear combination lamp harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Rear combination lamp (Side marker)

Connector

RH

B77

LH

B57

Terminal (Wire color) Ground 2 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> Check bulb. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Continuity Yes

A

B

C

D
SKIA5967E
E

F

G

SKIA5881E

H

I

J

LT
SKIA5969E
L

M

SKIA5970E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-225

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

Tail Lamp Does Not Operate
1. CHECK STOP LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL LAMP

Make sure stop lamps and turn signal lamps are illuminated. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

Check voltage between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 2 (R) and ground.

Terminal

(+)

(-)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Condition

Voltage

Lighting switch 1ST position is ON.

Battery voltage

B65

2 (R)

Ground

Lighting switch 1ST position is OFF.

Approx. 0

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear combination lamp control unit. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp control unit connector. 2. Check voltage between rear combination lamp control unit har-
ness connector B65 terminal 1 (GY) and ground.
1 (GY) ­ Ground : Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 7 (B) and ground.

7 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

AKS007IN SKIA5971E SKIA5907E SKIA5908E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-226

2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

5. CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMPS CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect rear combination lamp RH and LH connector.

2. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

harness connector B65 terminal 11 (W) and rear combination

B

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 3 (W).

11 (W) ­ 3 (W)

: Continuity should exist.

C

3. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit

harness connector B65 terminal 10 (BR) and rear combination

lamp LH harness connector B57 terminal 4 (BR). D

10 (BR) ­ 4 (BR)

: Continuity should exist.

SKIA5910E

4. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 9 (LG) and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 3 E

(LG).

9 (LG) ­ 3 (LG)

: Continuity should exist.

F

5. Check continuity between rear combination lamp control unit harness connector B65 terminal 8 (Y) and

rear combination lamp RH harness connector B77 terminal 4 (Y).

8 (Y) ­ 4 (Y)

: Continuity should exist.

G

OK or NG

OK

>> Replace rear combination lamp control unit or rear combination lamp, and then check if turn signal lamps is illuminated.

H

NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Min- I

utes)

AKS007E4

1. CHECK IPDM E/R

J 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn the combination switch (lighting switch) to the OFF position. Turn ignition
switch OFF.

2. Verify that the parking, license plate, and tail lamps turn on and off after approximately 10 minutes.

LT

OK or NG

OK >> Ignition relay malfunction. Refer to PG-34, "Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction" .

NG >> INSPECTION END

L

License Plate Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AKS007E5

1. Remove screws and remove license plate lamp from back door.

M

2. Disconnect license plate lamp connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-227

SKIA5567E
2003 FX

PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS

3. Insert a flat head or suitable tool and remove housing. 4. Remove bulb from it's socket.

License plate lamp

: 12V - 5W

5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

SKIA5568E

Front Parking (Clearance) Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT
For bulb replacement, refer to LT-48, "Bulb Replacement" in "HEAD LAMP-XENON TYPE-".

AKS007E6

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
For front parking (clearance) lamp removal and installation procedures, refer to LT-49, "Removal and Installation" in "HEAD LAMP -XENON TYPE-".

Tail Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT
For bulb replacement, refer to LT-229, "Bulb Replacement" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

AKS007E7

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
For tail lamp removal and installation procedures, refer to LT-229, "Removal and Installation" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

Front Side Marker Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT
For bulb replacement, refer to LT-48, "Bulb Replacement" in "HEAD LAMP-XENON TYPE-".

AKS007E8

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
For head lamp removal and installation procedures, refer to LT-49, "Removal and Installation" in "HEAD LAMP-XENON TYPE-".

Rear Side Marker Lamp
BULB REPLACEMENT
For bulb replacement, refer to LT-229, "Bulb Replacement" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

AKS007E9

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
For rear side marker lamp removal and installation procedures, refer to LT-229, "Removal and Installation" in "REAR COMBINATION LAMP".

Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AKS007O3

Refer to LT-176, "Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp Control Unit" in "TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS".

Revision; 2004 April

LT-228

2003 FX

REAR COMBINATION LAMP
REAR COMBINATION LAMP Bulb Replacement
REAR FENDER SIDE (REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB) 1. Remove rear combination lamp. 2. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 3. Remove bulb.

PFP:26554
A
AKS007FP
B
C

D

BACK DOOR SIDE (BACK-UP LAMP) 1. Remove rear combination lamp. 2. Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. 3. Remove bulb.

SKIA5569E

E

F

G

H

SKIA5570E
I

Stop/tail lamp (rear fender side)

: LED (Replace together with rear combination

lamp assembly.)

J

Rear side marker lamp (rear fender side) : 12V - 3.8W

Back-up lamp (back door side)

: 12V - 18W

Rear turn signal lamp (rear fender side) : LED (Replace together with rear combination

LT

lamp assembly.)

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
Rear Fender Side 1. Remove bumper side cover A. Refer to EI-18, "Removal and
Installation" in "EI" section.
2. Disconnect rear combination lamp connector.
3. Remove rear combination lamp mounting bolts.
4. Pull rear combination lamp toward side of the vehicle and remove from the vehicle.

AKS007FQ

L

M

SKIA5571E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-229

2003 FX

REAR COMBINATION LAMP
Trunk Lid Side 1. Remove back door finisher. Refer to EI-46, "Removal and Instal-
lation" in "EI" section. 2. Disconnect rear combination lamp connector. 3. Remove rear combination lamp mounting nuts. 4. Remove rear combination lamp from back door. 5. Remove seal packing from back door.

INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. q Install a new seal packing to the rear combination lamp.
CAUTION: Seal packing cannot be reused.

Rear combination lamp mounting nut

: 3.2 N·m (0.33 kg-m, 28 in-lb)

SKIA5572E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-230

2003 FX

VANITY MIRROR LAMP

VANITY MIRROR LAMP

Bulb Replacement
1. Insert a thin screwdriver in the lens end and remove lens. 2. Remove bulb together with substrate.

Vanity mirror lamp

: 12V - 1.32W

3. Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:96400
A
AKS007EC
B
C
D
PKIA1137E
E
F
G H
I
J
LT
L
M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-231

2003 FX

MAP LAMP

MAP LAMP

Bulb Replacement
1. Remove lens using clip driver or suitable tool. 2. Remove bulb.

Map lamp

: 12V - 8 W

3. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Insert a clip driver or suitable tool back of map lamp and pull
down it to disengage metal clip.
2. Pull down map lamp in direction shown by the arrow in the figure.
3. Disconnect map lamp connector and remove map lamp.

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:26430
AKS007ED
PKIA2846E AKS007EE
PKIA2847E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-232

2003 FX

PERSONAL LAMP

PERSONAL LAMP

Bulb Replacement
1. Remove personal lamp. Refer to LT-233, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove screw from personal lamp. 3. Insert a screwdriver or similar tool and remove lens. 4. Remove bulb.

Personal lamp

: 12V - 8W

5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Use a clip driver or similar tool to press metal clip, and remove personal lamp.
2. Disconnect personal lamp connector.

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:26415
A
AKS007FT
B
C
D
SKIA5577E
E
AKS007FU
F
G
H
I
SKIA5578E
J
LT
L
M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-233

2003 FX

LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP Bulb Replacement
1. Remove luggage room lamp. Refer to LT-234, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove screw from luggage room lamp. 3. Insert a suitable tool and remove lens. 4. Remove bulb.
Luggage room lamp : 12V - 8W 5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Removal and Installation
REMOVAL 1. Use a clip driver or similar tool to press metal clip, and remove luggage room lamp. 2. Disconnect luggage room lamp connector.

PFP:26410
AKS007FV
SKIA6197E AKS007FW

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

SKIA5579E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-234

2003 FX

IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION
IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation
1. Remove combination meter. Refer to DI-28, "Removal and Installation" in "DI" section.
2. Remove screw and remove NATS antenna amp. 3. Pull out ring and turn bulb socket to left to release lock.
Key cylinder illumination : 12V - 1.4W 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:48476
A
AKS007FR
B
C
D
SKIA5575E
E
F
G H
I
J
LT
L
M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-235

2003 FX

GLOVE BOX LAMP

GLOVE BOX LAMP

Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation
1. Remove instrument passenger lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "(J) Instrument Passenger Lower Panel" in "IP" section.
2. Turn bulb socket left to release lock and remove it.

Glove box lamp

: 12V - 1.4W

3. Install in the reverse order of removal.

PFP:68520
AKS007FS
SKIA5576E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-236

2003 FX

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

Bulb Replacement and Removal and Installation
1. Remove A/T console finisher. Refer to IP-12, "(F) A/T Console Finisher" in "IP" section. 2. Remove instrument ashtray and hazard switch. Refer to IP-16,
"A/T CONSOLE FINISHER" in "IP" section. 3. Use a screwdriver to undo ashtray finisher hooks. 4. Turn bulb socket on circuit board to left to undo lock. Remove
bulb socket. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Ashtray and cigarette lighter illumination

: 12V - 1.4W

PFP:25860
A
AKS007NZ
B

C

D

PKIA2850E

E

F

G H

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-237

2003 FX

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

PFP:25331

Bulb Replacement and Removal and Installation

AKS007O0

Refer to LT-237, "Bulb Replacement and Removal and Installation" in "ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION".

Revision; 2004 April

LT-238

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:26410
A
AKS007O8
B

C

D

E

F

G
PKIA2923E

System Description

AKS007F7

When room lamp and personal lamp switch is in DOOR position, room lamp and personal lamp ON/OFF is H

controlled by timer according to signals from switches including key switch, front door switch driver side,

unlock signal from keyfob, door lock and unlock switch, key cylinder lock and unlock switch, ignition switch.

When room lamp and personal lamp turns ON, there is a gradual brightening over 1 second. When room lamp I and personal lamp turns OFF, there is a gradual dimming over 1 second.

The room lamp and personal lamp timer is controlled by the BCM (body control module).

Room lamp and personal lamp timer control settings can be changed with CONSULT-II. Ignition keyhole illumination turns ON at time when driver door is opened (door switch ON) or removed keyfob J

from key cylinder. Illumination turns OFF when driver door is closed (door switch OFF).

Step lamp turns ON at time when driver door or passenger door is opened (door switch ON). Lamp turns OFF

when driver, passenger doors are closed (all door switches OFF).

LT

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND

Power is supplied at all times (without intelligent key system)

q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

L

q to key switch terminal 2, and

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42

M

q through 50A fusible link [letter M, located in the fuse and fusible link block]

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55.

Power is supplied at all times (with intelligent key system)

q through 10A fuse [No.38, located in fuse and fusible link block]

q to key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1 and 3

q through 15A fuse [No.22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42

q through 50A fusible link [letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block]

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55.

When the key plate inserted to key switch, power is supplied (without intelligent key system)

q through the key switch terminal 1

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 37.

When inserted the key plate to key switch, power is supplied (with intelligent key system)

q through the key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-239

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 37. When moved the ignition knob switch, power is supplied (with intelligent key system) q through the ignition knob switch terminal 2 q to intelligent key unit terminal 27. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied q through 15A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38. Ground is supplied q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85. When the driver side door is opened, ground is supplied q through case ground of door switch driver side q to BCM (body control module) terminal 62. When the passenger side door is opened, ground is supplied q through case ground of door switch passenger side q to BCM (body control module) terminal 12. When the rear door LH is opened, ground is supplied q through case ground of door switch rear door LH q to BCM (body control module) terminal 63, and q to personal lamp LH terminal 1. When the rear door RH is opened, ground is supplied q through case ground of door switch rear door RH q to BCM (body control module) terminal 13, and q to personal lamp RH terminal 1. When the driver side door is unlocked by the door lock and unlock switch, BCM (body control module) receives a ground signal q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to power window main switch terminal 17 (door lock and unlock switch) or front power window (passenger
side) terminal 11 (door lock and unlock switch) q from power window main switch terminal 14 (door lock and unlock switch) or front power window (passen-
ger side) terminal 16 (door lock and unlock switch) q to BCM (body control module) terminal 22. When the front driver side door is unlocked by the driver side door lock assembly (door key cylinder switch), BCM (body control module) receives a ground signal q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to front door lock assembly (driver side) (door key cylinder switch) terminal 5 q from front door lock assembly (driver side) (door key cylinder switch) terminal 6 q to power window main switch terminal 6 (door lock and unlock switch) q from power window main switch terminal 14 (door lock and unlock switch) q to BCM (body control module) terminal 22. When a signal, or combination of signals is received by BCM (body control module), ground is supplied q through BCM (body control module) terminal 48 q to interior room lamp terminal 1, q to map lamp terminal 2 and q to front door inside handle illumination terminal 2 With power and supplied, the interior lamp illuminates.
SWITCH OPERATION When driver door switch is ON (door is opened), ground is supplied q through BCM terminal 1

Revision; 2004 April

LT-240

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

q to ignition keyhole illumination terminal 2.

And power is supplied

A

q from BCM terminal 41

q to ignition keyhole illumination terminal 1.

When any door switch is ON (door is opened), ground is supplied

B

q through BCM terminal 47

q to front step lamp driver side and passenger side, rear step lamp (LH and RH) terminal 2.

C

q through rear door switch terminal 1

q to personal lamp (LH and RH) terminal 1.

And power is supplied

D

q from BCM terminal 41

q to every step lamp terminal 1, and personal lamp (LH and RH) terminal 2.

When map lamp switch is ON, ground is supplied

E

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85

q to map lamp terminal 1.

And power is supplied

F

q from BCM terminal 41

q to map lamp terminal 3.

G

When vanity mirror lamp (driver side and passenger side) is ON, ground is supplied

q through grounds M35, M45 and M85

q to vanity mirror lamp (driver side and passenger side) terminal 2.

H

And power is supplied

q from BCM terminal 41

q to vanity mirror lamp (driver side and passenger side) terminal 1.

I

When luggage room lamp (RH and LH) is ON, ground is supplied

q through grounds B15 and B45 J
q to luggage room lamp (RH and LH) terminal 3.

And power is supplied

q from BCM terminal 41

LT

q to luggage room lamp (RH and LH) terminal 2.

ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION

Without Intelligent Key System

L

When interior room lamp and map lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met,

BCM performs timer control (maximum 30 seconds) for interior room lamp and map lamp ON/OFF.

In addition, when spot turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second.

M

Power is supplied

q to 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q through key switch terminal 2.

Key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal 37. Ground is supplied

q from BCM terminal 22

q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

At the time that driver door are opened, BCM detects that driver door is unlocked. It determines that interior room lamp and map lamp timer operation conditions are met, and turns the interior room lamp and map lamp ON for 30 seconds. Key is in ignition key cylinder (key switch ON). Power is supplied

q through key switch terminal 1

q to BCM terminal 37.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-241

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

When key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated. BCM detects that key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp and map lamp timer conditions are met, and turns the interior room lamp and map lamp ON for 30 seconds. When driver door opens  closes, and the key is not inserted in the key switch (key switch OFF), BCM terminal 62 changes between 0V (door open)  12V (door closed). The BCM determines that conditions for interior room lamp and map lamp operation are met and turns the interior room lamp ON for 30 seconds. Timer control is canceled under the following conditions.
q Driver door is locked [when locked keyfob or power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch), door key cylinder switch].
q Driver door is opened (driver door switch turns ON).
q Ignition switch ON.

With Intelligent Key System
When interior room lamp and map lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met, BCM performs timer control (maximum 30 second) for interior room lamp and map lamp ON/OFF. In addition, when spot turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second. Power is supplied
q to 10A fuse [No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link block]
q through key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 3 and 1.
Key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal 37. And not turned ignition knob switch, power will not be supplied to intelligent key unit. Ground is supplied
q from BCM terminal 22
q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.
At the time that driver door are opened, BCM detects that driver door is unlocked. It determines that interior room lamp and map lamp timer operation conditions are met, and turns the interior room lamp and map lamp ON for 30 seconds. Key is in ignition key cylinder (key switch ON), or turned ignition knob switch. Power is supplied
q through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 4
q to BCM terminal 37
q through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 2
q to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27.
When key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated. And turned ignition knob switch, power supply to Intelligent Key unit is terminated. BCM detects that key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp and map lamp timer conditions are met, and turns the interior room lamp and map lamp ON for 30 seconds. When driver door opens  closes, and the key is not inserted in the key switch (or not turned ignition knob switch), BCM terminal 62 changes between 0V (door open)  12V (door closed). The determines that conditions for interior room lamp and map lamp operation are met and turns the interior room lamp ON for 30 seconds. Timer control is canceled under the following conditions.
q Driver door is locked [when locked keyfob or power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch), door key cylinder switch].
q Driver door is opened (driver door switch terns ON).
q Ignition switch ON.
INTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
If interior lamp is left "ON", it will not be turned out even when door is closed. BCM turns off interior lamp automatically to save battery 30 minutes after ignition switch is turned off. BCM controls interior lamps listed below:
q Luggage room lamp
q Vanity mirror lamp
q Map lamp
q Interior room lamp
q Personal lamp

Revision; 2004 April

LT-242

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
After lamps turn OFF by the battery saver system, the lamps illuminate again when q signal from keyfob, or power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) or key cylinder is locked or A
unlocked, q door is opened or closed, q key is removed from ignition key cylinder or inserted in ignition key cylinder, or turned ignition knob switch. B Interior lamp battery saver control period can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-243

2003 FX

Schematic

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

AKS007F9

Revision; 2004 April

LT-244

TKWM0822E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-245

TKWM0823E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP Wiring Diagram -- ROOM/L --

AKS007FA

Revision; 2004 April

LT-246

TKWM0824E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-247

TKWM0638E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-248

TKWM0766E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-249

TKWM0639E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-250

TKWM0640E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-251

TKWM0825E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Revision; 2004 April

LT-252

TKWM0642E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-253

TKWM1258E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Terminal No.
1
12
13

Wire color
PU
P/B
P/L

Signal name
Ignition keyhole illumination signal
Front door switch AS signal
Rear door switch RH signal

Ignition switch OFF
OFF
OFF

Measuring condition

Operation or condition

Door is locked. (SW OFF)

Door is unlocked. (SW ON)

Front door switch ON (open)

AS

OFF (closed)

Rear door switch ON (open)

RH

OFF (closed)

AKS007FB
Reference value
Battery voltage Approx. 0V Approx. 0V
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
Battery voltage

22

Y/B

Power window switch serial link

--

--

37

B/W

Key-in detection switch signal

OFF

Vehicle key is removed. Vehicle key is inserted.

PIIA2344J
Approx. 0V Battery voltage

38

W/L Ignition power supply

ON

--

39

L CAN-H

--

--

40

R CAN-L

--

--

41

R/B

Battery saver output signal

OFF

30 minutes after ignition switch is turned to OFF

ON

--

Battery voltage -- --
Approx. 0V Battery voltage

42

L/R Battery power supply

OFF

--

Battery voltage

47

Y/R Step lamp signal

OFF

Any door is open (ON) All doors are closed (OFF)

Approx. 0V Battery voltage

48

PU/W

Interior room lamp, map lamp and front door inside handle illumination output signal

OFF

Interior door switch: DOOR position

Any door switch

ON (open) OFF (closed)

Approx. 0V Battery voltage

49, 52 B Ground

ON

--

Approx. 0V

55

G Battery power supply

OFF

--

Battery voltage

58

L

Back door switch signal (Auto close motor)

OFF

ON (open) Back door switch
OFF (closed)

Approx. 0V Battery voltage

62

W

Front door switch DR signal

OFF

Front door switch ON (open)

DR

OFF (closed)

Approx. 0V Battery voltage

63

P

Rear door switch LH signal

OFF

Rear door switch ON (open)

LH

OFF (closed)

Approx. 0V Battery voltage

How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis

AKS007FC

1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.

2. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-239, "System Description" .

3. Carry out the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-255, "Preliminary Check" .

4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of malfunction.

5. Does the interior room lamp operate normally? If YES: GO TO 6. If NO: GO TO 4.

6. INSPECTION END

Revision; 2004 April

LT-254

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Preliminary Check
INSPECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. CHECK FUSES

AKS007FD
A

q Check for blown BCM fuses.

B

Unit

Power source

Fuse and fusible link No.

BCM

Battery

M

C

22

Ignition switch ON or START position

1

Refer to LT-246, "Wiring Diagram -- ROOM/L --" .

D

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG- E
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect BCM connector.

G

3. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals

Ignition switch position

(+)

(-)

OFF

ON

Connector Terminal (Wire color)

42 (L/R)

Battery voltage Battery voltage

M4

55 (G)

Ground Battery voltage Battery voltage

M3

38 (W/L)

0V

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

H
I
SKIA5928E
J
LT

Check continuity between BCM and ground.

Terminals

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

49 (B)

M4

Ground

52 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check harness ground circuit.

Continuity Yes

L M
SKIA5929E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-255

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

CONSULT-II Function

AKS007FE

CONSULT-II performs the following functions communicating with BCM.

BCM diagnosis part Check item, diagnosis mode

Description

WORK SUPPORT

Changes the setting for each function.

INTERIOR LAMP

DATA MONITOR

Displays BCM input data in real time.

ACTIVE TEST

Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal to them.

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION
CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data link connector, then turn ignition switch ON.

2. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PBIB1503E

3. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, refer to GI-40, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

SKIA3098E SKIA5036E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-256

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
4. Touch "INT LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. A

B

C

WORK SUPPORT Operation Procedure 1. Touch "INT LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "WORK SUPPORT" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch "SET I/L D- UNLCK INTCON" on "SELECT WORK ITEM" screen. 4. Touch "START". 5. Touch "CHANGE SETT". 6. The setting will be changed and "CUSTOMIZING COMPLETED " will be displayed. 7. Touch "END".
Display Item List

Item

Description

SET I/L D-UNLCK INTCON

The 30 seconds glowing function the interior room lamps and the ignition keyhole illumination can be selected when driver door is released (unlocked).

TURN ON TIME

The time in order to escalate illumination can be adjusted when the interior room lamps and the ignition keyhole illumination is turned on.

TURN OFF TIME

The time in order to diminish illumination can be adjusted when the interior room lamps and the ignition keyhole illumination is turned off.

SKIA5788E
D

E

F

G

CONSULT-II

H

ON/OFF
I
MODE 1 ­ 7

MODE 1 ­ 7

J

Reference between "MODE" and "TIME" for "TURN ON/OFF"

MODE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

LT

Time (sec.)

0.5

1

2

3

4

5

0

DATA MONITOR

L

Operation Procedure

1. Touch "INT LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen.

2. Touch "DATA MONITOR" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

M

3. Touch either "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM MENU" on "DATA MONITOR" screen.

All signals

Monitors all the signals.

Selection from menu Selects and monitors the individual signal.

4. Touch "START".
5. When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is selected, touch items to be monitored. When "ALL SIGNALS" is selected, all the items will be monitored.
6. Touch "RECORD" while monitoring, then the status of the monitored item can be recorded. To stop recording, touch "STOP".

Display Item List

Monitor item

Contents

IGN ON SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal.

KEY ON SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Key inserted (ON)/key removed (OFF)" status judged from the key switch signal.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-257

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

Monitor item

Contents

DOOR SW - DR

"ON/OFF"

Displays status of the driver door as judged from the driver door switch signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF)

DOOR SW - AS

"ON/OFF"

Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)" status, determined from passenger door switch signal.

DOOR SW - RR

"ON/OFF"

Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)" status, determined from rear door switch RH signal.

DOOR SW - RL

"ON/OFF"

Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF) " status, determined from rear door switch LH signal.

BACK DOOR SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)" status, determined from back door switch signal.

KEY CYL LK - SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Door locked (ON) status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in driver door.

KEY CYL UN - SW

"ON/OFF" Displays "Door unlocked (OFF) status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in driver door.

CDL LOCK SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays "Door locked (ON)/Door unlocked (OFF) status, determined from locking detection switch in driver door.

CDL UNLOCK SW

"ON/OFF"

Displays "Door unlocked (OFF)" status, determined from locking detection switch in passenger door.

I- KEY LOCKNOTE

"ON/OFF" Displays "Locked (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lock signal.

I- KEY UNLOCKNOTE "ON/OFF" Displays "Unlocked (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from unlock signal.

KEYLESS LOCK

"ON/OFF" Displays "Locked (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from lock signal.

KEYLESS UNLOCK "ON/OFF" Displays "Unlocked (ON)/Other (OFF)" status, determined from unlock signal.

NOTE: Vehicle with intelligent key system display this item.

ACTIVE TEST Operation Procedure 1. Touch "INT LAMP" on "SELECT TEST ITEM" screen. 2. Touch "ACTIVE TEST" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen. 3. Touch item to be tested and check operation of the selected item. 4. During the operation check, touching "BACK" deactivates the operation.

Display Item List

Test item

Description

INT LAMP

Interior room lamp can be operated by any ON-OFF operations.

IGN ILLUM

Ignition key hole illumination can be operated by ON- OFF operation.

Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate
1. CHECK EACH SWITCH

AKS007FF

Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "INT LAMP" data monitor to make sure switches listed in display item list turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation. Refer to LT-257, "Display Item List" for switches and their functions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning switch system.

SKIA5930E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-258

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
2. ACTIVE TEST
1. Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. Select "INT LAMP" active test. 2. When interior room lamp switch is in "DOOR" position, use
active test to make sure interior room lamp operates. OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP INPUT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between interior room lamp harness connector
R53 terminal 1 (PU) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 6.

4. CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

1. Disconnect interior room lamp connector. 2. Check continuity between interior room lamp.

Terminal Interior room lamp

Condition

Interior room lamp switch is DOOR.

1

2

Interior room lamp switch is OFF.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace Interior room lamp.

5. CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT

Continuity
Yes No

1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
48 (PU/W) and interior room lamp harness connector R53 terminal 1 (PU).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-259

A B C D
LKIA0092E
E F G H
SKIA5931E
I J LT L
PKIA7892E
M
SKIA5933E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
6. CHECK INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and interior room lamp connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
41 (R/B) and interior room lamp harness connector R53 terminal 2 (R).
Continuity should exist. OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> Repair harness or connector.
Map Lamp Control Does Not Operate
1. CHECK EACH SWITCH
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "INT LAMP" data monitor to make sure switches listed in display item list turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation. Refer to LT-257, "Display Item List" for switches and their functions. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning switch system.
2. ACTIVE TEST
1. Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. Select "INT LAMP" active test. 2. When map lamp switch is in "DOOR" position, use active test to
make sure map lamp operates. OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK MAP LAMP INPUT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between map lamp harness connector R52 termi-
nal 2 (PU) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 6.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-260

SKIA5934E AKS007IK
SKIA5930E
LKIA0092E
SKIA5935E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

4. CHECK MAP LAMP

1. Disconnect map lamp connector. 2. Check continuity between map lamp.

Terminal Map lamp

Condition

Map lamp switch is DOOR.

2

3

Map lamp switch is ON.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace Map lamp.

5. CHECK MAP LAMP CIRCUIT

Continuity
Yes No

1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
48 (PU/W) and map lamp harness connector R52 terminal 2 (PU).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.
6. CHECK MAP LAMP CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and map lamp connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
41 (R/B) and map lamp harness connector R52 terminal 3 (R).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.

A

B

C

D
PKIA7893E
E

F

G
H
SKIA5937E
I
J

LT

L

SKIA5938E

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-261

2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Personal Lamp Control Does Not Operate
1. CHECK REAR DOOR SWITCH
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "INT LAMP" data monitor to make sure switch "DOOR SW-RR" and "DOOR SW-RL" turn ONOFF linked with rear door (RH and LH) operation. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning rear door switch.

2. CHECK PERSONAL LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect personal lamp connector. 3. Open the rear door. 4. When personal lamp switch is in "DOOR" position, check conti-
nuity between personal lamp harness connector R54 terminal 1 (P), R55 terminal 1 (L) and ground.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK PERSONAL LAMP INPUT
Check voltage between personal lamp harness connector R54 and R55 terminal 2 (R) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace personal lamp. Refer to LT-233, "Removal and Installation" . NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK PERSONAL LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
41 (R/B) and personal lamp harness connector R54 and R55 terminal 2 (R).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-262

AKS007FG SKIA5930E SKIA5940E SKIA5941E SKIA5942E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Ignition key Hole illumination Control Does Not Operate
1. CHECK EACH SWITCH
Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "INT LAMP" data monitor to make sure switches listed in display item list turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation. Refer to LT-257, "Display Item List" for switches and their functions. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning switch system.
2. ACTIVE TEST
1. Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. Select "INT LAMP". 2. Select "IGN ILLUM" active test to make sure lamp operates. OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION INPUT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between ignition key hole illumination harness
connector M24 terminal 1 (R/B) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 6.
4. CHECK IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION BULB
1. Disconnect ignition key hole illumination connector. 2. Check continuity between ignition key hole illumination terminal
1 and 2.
Continuity should exist. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace ignition key hole illumination. Refer to LT-235,
"Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation" .

Revision; 2004 April

LT-263

AKS007FH
A

B

C

D
SKIA5930E
E

F

G

H

SKIA3992E

I

J

LT

L

SKIA4563E

M

PKIA7894E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

5. CHECK IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and key hole illumination connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M3 terminal
1 (PU) and key hole illumination harness connector M24 terminal 2 (PU).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.
6. CHECK IGNITION KEY HOLE ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and key hole illumination connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
41 (R/B) and key hole illumination harness connector M24 terminal 1 (R/B).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.
All Step Lamps Do Not Operate
1. CHECK EACH DOOR SWITCH

Select "BCM" on CONSULT-II. With "INT LAMP" data monitor to make sure switches listed below turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation.

Switch name

CONSULT screen

Driver side door switch

DOOR SW - DR

Passenger side door switch DOOR SW - AS

Rear RH side door switch

DOOR SW - RR

Rear LH side door switch

DOOR SW - RL

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning switch system.

2. CHECK STEP LAMP INPUT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between front door driver side step lamp harness
connector D9 terminal 1 (R) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-264

SKIA5947E
SKIA5948E AKS007FI
SKIA5930E
SKIA5949E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP

3. CHECK STEP LAMP CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and front door driver side step lamp connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 47 (Y/R) and front door driver side step lamp harness connector D9 terminal 2 (SB).

Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.
4. CHECK STEP LAMP CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and step lamp connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M4 terminal
41 (R/B) and front door driver side step lamp harness connector D9 terminal 1 (R).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if turn signal lamps do not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair harness or connector.
All Interior Room Lamps Do Not Operate
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. All interior room lamps switch are OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M4 terminal 41
(R/B) and ground.

Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair harness or connector. In a case of making a short circuit, be sure to disconnect battery negative cable after repairing harness, and then reconnect.
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-28, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
Bulb Replacement
ROOM LAMP 1. Remove room lamp. Refer to LT-266, "Removal and Installation"
.
2. Insert a suitable tool and remove lens.
3. Remove the bulb.

Room lamp

:12V - 8W

4. Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-265

A

B

C

D
SKIA5950E
E

F

G H

SKIA5951E

I

AKS007FJ
J

LT

L

M
SKIA5952E

AKS007FK

PKIA2848E
2003 FX

INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
MAP LAMP Refer to LT-232, "Bulb Replacement" in "MAP LAMP". PERSONAL LAMP Refer to LT-233, "Bulb Replacement" in "PERSONAL LAMP".
Removal and Installation
ROOM LAMP 1. Use a suitable tool to press metal clip and remove room lamp. 2. Disconnect room lamp connector.
MAP LAMP Refer to LT-232, "Removal and Installation" in "MAP LAMP". PERSONAL LAMP Refer to LT-233, "Removal and Installation" in "PERSONAL LAMP".

AKS007FL PKIA2849E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-266

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

ILLUMINATION System Description

PFP:27545
A
AKS007EI

Control of the illumination lamps operation is dependent upon the position of the lighting switch (combination switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 1ST or 2ND position (or if the auto light system is activated) B the BCM (body control module) receives input signal requesting the illumination lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) across the CAN communication lines. The central processing unit of the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, directs power to the illumination C lamps, which then illuminate. Power is supplied at all times

q to tail lamp relay [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

D

q through 10A fuse [No. 71, located in the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)].

Power is also supplied at all times

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 55

E

q through 50A fusible link (letter M, located in fuse and fusible link block)

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 42

F

q through 15A fuse [No. 22, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to CPU (central processing unit) [located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

q through 15A fuse [No. 78, located in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)]

G

q to unified meter and A/C amp. terminal 21 and

q to combination meter terminal 8

q through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)].

H

With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 38 and

q to unified meter and A/C amp. terminal 22

I

q through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]

q to ignition relay in IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room)

J

q from ignition switch

q to combination meter terminal 7

q through 10A fuse [No. 14 located in fuse block (J/B)].

LT

With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied

q to BCM (body control module) terminal 11

q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)].

L

Ground is supplied

q to BCM (body control module) terminals 49 and 52 M
q to unified meter and A/C amp. terminals 29 and 30, and

q to combination meter terminals 5, 6, and 15

q through grounds M35, M45, and M85

q to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) terminals 38 and 60

q through grounds E21, E50, and E51.

ILLUMINATION OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position (or if the auto light system is activated), the BCM receives input signal requesting the illumination lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R across the CAN communication lines. The central processing unit of the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil, which, when energized, directs power
q through IPDM E/R terminal 22 q to glove box lamp terminal 1
q to A/T device (illumination) terminal 11
q to AWD lock switch (illumination) terminal 4 (AWD models)
q to VDC off switch (illumination) terminal 3 (with VDC)

Revision; 2004 April

LT-267

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

q to clock (illumination) terminal 3 q to hazard switch (illumination) terminal 3 q to heated seat switch (driver side) (illumination) terminal 5 (with heater seat) q to heated seat switch (passenger side) (illumination) terminal 5 (with heater seat) q to A/C and AV switch (illumination) terminal 3 q to NAVI control unit (illumination) terminal 25 q to DVD player (illumination) terminal 12 q to front cigarette lighter socket terminal 2 q to rear power window switch LH (illumination) terminal 6 q to rear power window switch RH (illumination) terminal 6. Illumination control q through combination meter terminal 19 q to A/T device (illumination) terminal 12 q to AWD lock switch (illumination) terminal 2 (AWD models) q to VDC off switch (illumination) terminal 4 (with VDC) q to clock (illumination) terminal 4 q to hazard switch (illumination) terminal 4 q to heated seat switch (driver side) (illumination) terminal 6 (with heater seat) q to heated seat switch (passenger side) (illumination) terminal 6 (with heater seat) q to A/C and AV switch (illumination) terminal 4 q to NAVI control unit (illumination) terminal 30 q to DVD player (illumination) terminal 10. Ground is supplied at all times q to glove box lamp terminal 2 and q to front cigarette lighter socket terminal 3 q through grounds M35, M45 and M85 q to rear power window switch LH (illumination) terminal 7 and q to rear power window switch RH (illumination) terminal 7 q through grounds B15 and B45. With power and ground supplied, illumination lamps illuminate.

EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 1ST or 2ND position (or if auto light system is activated), and the ignition switch is turned from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control function is activated. Under this condition, the illumination lamps remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the illumination lamps are turned off. When the lighting switch is turned from OFF to 1ST or 2ND position (or if auto light system is activated) after illumination lamps are turned off by the battery saver control, and illumination lamps illuminate again. Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-II.

CAN Communication System Description

AKS007EJ

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

Revision; 2004 April

LT-268

2003 FX

CAN Communication Unit
Body type Axle Engine Transmission Brake control Navigation system Low tire pressure warning system ICC system Intelligent Key system Automatic drive positioner
ECM TCM Display unit Display control unit Low tire pressure warning control unit AWD control unit ICC unit Intelligent Key unit Data link connector BCM Steering angle sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ICC sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Driver seat control unit IPDM E/R
CAN communication type
×: Applicable

ILLUMINATION

Wagon

AKS0080Y
A

2WD

AWD

VQ35DE

VQ35DE/VK45DE

B

A/T

VDC ×

C
×

×

×

×

×

D

×

×

×

×

CAN communication unit

×

×

E

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

F

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

G

×

×

×

×

×

H

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

I

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

J

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT

×

×

×

×

×

×

LT-270, "TYPE 1/TYPE2"

LT-273, "TYPE 3"

LT-276, "TYPE 4/TYPE5"

LT-279, "TYPE 6"

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-269

2003 FX

TYPE 1/TYPE2 System Diagram q Type1

ILLUMINATION

q Type2

SKIA6171E

Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal A/T self-diagnosis signal Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal
Revision; 2004 April

SKIA6172E

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

LT-270

2003 FX

Signals
Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Stop lamp switch signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal
Revision; 2004 April

ILLUMINATION

ECM
T
R R R T R R R T R T R
T R
R R
R
R

DisTCM play
unit
R
T R
R T T
T R
R

R

R

R

R
LT-271

BCM
T T
T
T
T T T T T R R T T T T T R T T

ABS

actua-

A

Steer- Unified tor and Driver

ing meter electric seat IPDM

angle and A/ unit control E/R

sensor C amp. (con- unit

B

trol

unit)

C

R

R

R

D

R

R

T

T

E

T

T

R

F

G

R

T

H

R

I
R

T

R

J

T

R

R

LT

R

T

R

R

L

T

R

R

M

T

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric
unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

Front wiper request signal

T

R

Front wiper stop position signal

R

T

Rear window defogger switch signal

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

ABS warning lamp signal

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-272

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

TYPE 3

System Diagram

A

q Type3

B

C

D

E

F

Input/output Signal Chart

SKIA6173E
G
T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

H I J

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

LT

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal R

T

L

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

R
M

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Stop lamp switch signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

R

T

VDC operation signal

R

R

T

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-273

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

Input shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

T

High beam request signal

T

R

R

High beam status signal R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

Day time running light request signal

T

R

Turn LED burnout status signal

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Turn indicator signal

T

R

Key fob ID signal

T

R

Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

T

R

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-274

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

A B C

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

D

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

E

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

F

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

G

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

H

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

I

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

J

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

LT

SLIP indicator lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

L

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

M

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-275

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warning control unit

ICC unit

Intelligent Key unit

BCM

Steeri ng
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

TYPE 4/TYPE5 System Diagram q Type4

Revision; 2004 April

LT-276

SKIA6174E
2003 FX

q Type5
Input/output Signal Chart
Signals
A/T self-diagnosis signal ABS operation signal TCS operation signal VDC operation signal Stop lamp switch signal Battery voltage signal Key switch signal Ignition switch signal P range signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Engine status signal Engine coolant temperature signal Accelerator pedal position signal Fuel consumption monitor signal Input shaft revolution signal Output shaft revolution signal A/C switch signal A/C compressor request signal A/C relay status signal A/C compressor feedback signal
Revision; 2004 April

ILLUMINATION

A

B

C

D

E

SKIA6175E

F

T: Transmit R: Receive

ABS

G

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

H I

unit)

R

T

R

R

J
T

R

T

R

R

T

LT

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

L

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

M

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

LT-277

2003 FX

Signals
Blower fan motor switch signal
A/C control signal
Cooling fan speed signal Position light request signal Low beam request signal Low beam status signal High beam request signal High beam status signal Front fog light request signal Day time running light request signal Turn LED burnout status signal
Vehicle speed signal
Sleep wake up signal Door switch signal Turn indicator signal Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal
Oil pressure switch signal
Buzzer output signal Fuel level sensor signal Fuel level low warning signal Front wiper request signal Front wiper stop position signal Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger control signal Hood switch signal Theft warning horn request signal Horn chirp signal Steering angle sensor signal ABS warning lamp signal VDC OFF indicator lamp signal SLIP indicator lamp signal Brake warning lamp signal System setting signal AWD warning lamp signal
Revision; 2004 April

ILLUMINATION

ABS

actua-

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

trol

unit)

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

T

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

T

R

T

R

T

R

R

T

R

T

R

T

R

T

T

R

R

T

R

LT-278

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ABS

actua-

A

ECM TCM

Display unit

AWD control unit

BCM

Steering
angle sensor

Unified meter and A/ C amp.

tor and electric unit (con-

Driver seat control unit

IPDM E/R

B

trol unit)

C

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal Hand brake switch signal

R

T

D

R

R

T

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

E

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

R

F

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

G

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

Manual mode indicator signal

T

T
H
R

TYPE 6

System Diagram

I

q Type6

J

LT

L

M

SKIA6176E

Revision; 2004 April

LT-279

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Input/output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

ABS operation signal

R

R

R

T

TCS operation signal

R

VDC operation signal

R

R

R

R

T

R

T

Stop lamp switch signal

R

R

T

Battery voltage signal

T

R

Key switch signal

T

R

Ignition switch signal

T

R

R

P range signal

T

R

R

R

Closed throttle position signal

T

R

R

Wide open throttle position signal

T

R

Engine speed signal

T

R

R

R

R

R

R

Engine status signal

T

R

Engine coolant temperature signal

T

R

R

R

Accelerator pedal position signal

T

R

R

R

R

Fuel consumption monitor signal

T

R

R

A/T self-diagnosis signal

R

T

Input shaft revolution signal R

T

R

Output shaft revolution signal

R

T

R

A/C switch signal

R

T

A/C compressor request signal

T

R

A/C relay status signal

R

T

A/C compressor feedback signal

T

R

Blower fan motor switch signal

R

T

T

R

A/C control signal

R

T

Cooling fan speed signal

R

T

Position light request signal

R

T

R

R

Low beam request signal

T

R

Low beam status signal

R

High beam request signal

T

T

R

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-280

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

A B C

High beam status signal

R

T

Front fog light request signal

T

R

D

Day time running light request signal
Turn LED burnout status signal

T

R

E

R

T

Vehicle speed signal

R

R

T

F

R

R

R

R

R

R

T

R

R

Sleep wake up signal

T

R

T

R

R

R

G

Door switch signal

R

R

T

R

R

R

Key fob ID signal Key fob door unlock signal

T

R

H

T

R

Oil pressure switch signal

R

T

R

T
I

T

R

Buzzer output signal

T

R

J

T

R

Fuel level sensor signal

R

T

Fuel level low warning signal

R

T

LT

ICC operation signal

R

T

Front wiper request signal

R

T

R

L

Front wiper stop position signal
Rear window defogger switch signal

R

T

M

T

R

Rear window defogger control signal

R

R

R

T

Hood switch signal

R

T

Theft warning horn request signal

T

R

Horn chirp signal

T

R

Steering angle sensor signal

T

R

Tire pressure signal

T

R

Tire pressure data signal

R

T

ABS warning lamp signal

R

R

T

VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

R

R

T

SLIP indicator lamp signal

R

T

Revision; 2004 April

LT-281

2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Signals

ECM

TCM

Display control unit

Low tire pressure warn ing control unit

AWD control unit

ICC unit

Intelligen t Key unit

BCM

Stee ring angl
e sensor

Unified mete r and A/C amp.

ICC sensor

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Driv er seat control unit

IPD M E/
R

Brake warning lamp signal

R

T

System setting signal

T

R

R

AWD warning lamp signal

T

R

AWD lock indicator lamp signal

T

R

Distance to empty signal

R

T

Hand brake switch signal

R

R

T

Door lock/unlock request signal

T

R

Door lock/unlock status signal

R

T

Starter permission signal

T

R

Back door open request signal

T

R

Power window open request signal

T

R

Alarm request signal

T

R

Key warning signal

T

R

ICC sensor signal

R

T

ICC warning lamp signal

T

R

ICC system display signal

T

R

Current gear position signal

T

R

R

Steering switch signal

T

R

ASCD operation signal

T

R

ASCD OD cancel request

T

R

ICC OD cancel request

R

R

T

A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T position indicator lamp signal

T

R

A/T shift schedule change demand signal

R

T

Manual mode signal

R

T

Not manual mode signal

R

T

Manual mode shift up signal

R

T

Manual mode shift down signal

R

T

Manual mode indicator signal

T

R

Ignition knob switch signal

T

R

Revision; 2004 April

LT-282

2003 FX

Schematic

ILLUMINATION

AKS007EL
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-283

TKWM0670E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Revision; 2004 April

LT-284

TKWM1254E
2003 FX

Wiring Diagram -- ILL --

ILLUMINATION

AKS007EM
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-285

TKWM0826E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Revision; 2004 April

LT-286

TKWM0673E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-287

TKWM0674E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Revision; 2004 April

LT-288

TKWM0675E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-289

TKWM0676E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Revision; 2004 April

LT-290

TKWM0677E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION
A B C D E F G H I J LT L M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-291

TKWM1255E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Revision; 2004 April

LT-292

TKWM0679E
2003 FX

ILLUMINATION

Removal and Installation
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH

AKS007EN
A

Refer to DI-30, "Removal and Installation of Odo/Trip Meter and Illumination Control Switch" in "DI" section.

GLOVE BOX LAMP

B

Refer to LT-236, "Bulb Replacement, Removal and Installation" .

FRONT DOOR INSIDE ILLUMINATION

Refer to EI-35, "Removal and Installation" in "EI" section.

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

LT

L

M

Revision; 2004 April

LT-293

2003 FX

BULB SPECIFICATIONS

BULB SPECIFICATIONS Headlamp

Item High/Low (Xenon type)
Exterior Lamp

Item

Front combination lamp

Front Turn signal lamp Parking lamp

Front side marker lamp

Stop/Tail lamp

Rear combination lamp

Rear Turn signal lamp

Rear side marker lamp

Front fog lamp

Back-up lamp

License plate lamp

High-mounted stop lamp (back door mount)

Interior Lamp/Illumination

Item Map lamp Room lamp Personal lamp Luggage room lamp Step lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp Ignition key hole illumination Front door inside handle illumination Console illumination lamp

Wattage (W) 35 (D2S)
Wattage (W) 21 (amber)
5 3.8 LED LED 3.8 51 (HB4) 18 5 LED
Wattage (W) 8 8 8 8 5 1.4 2 2
LED 1.4

PFP:26297
AKS007EO AKS007EP
AKS007EQ

Revision; 2004 April

LT-294

2003 FX


Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows FrameMaker SGML 5.5.6p145J